Exhortation to Martyrdom
The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.
Chapter 1
1Koetschau 1:4
„Οἱ ἀπογεγαλακτισμένοι ἀπὸ γάλακτος, οἱ ἀπεσπασμένοι ἀπὸ μαστοῦ, θλῖψιν ἐπὶ θλίψει προσδέχου, προσδέχου ἐλπίδα ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι, ἔτι μικρὸν ἔτι μικρὸν, διὰ φαυλισμὸν χειλέων, διὰ γλώσσης ἑτέρας.“ καὶ ὑμεῖς τοίνυν κατὰ τὸν Ἡσαΐαν ὡς οὐκέτι σάρκινοι οὐδὲ „ἐν Χριστῷ“ νήπιοι προκόψαντες „ἐν τῇ“ νοητῇ ὑμῶν „ἡλικίᾳ“, Ἀμβρόσιε θεοσεβέστατε καὶ Πρωτόκτητε εὐσεβέστατε, καὶ μηκέτι „χρείαν ἔχοντες γάλακτος“ ἀλλὰ „στερεᾶς τροφῆς“, ἀκούετε ὡς „ἀπογεγαλακτισμένοι ἀπὸ γάλακτος“ καὶ „ἀπεσπασμένοι ἀπὸ μαστοῦ“, τίνα τρόπον ὡς ἀθληταῖς τοῖς ἀπογεγαλακτισμένοις οὐχ ἁπλῆ θλῖψις ἀλλά τις „θλῖψις ἐπὶ θλίψει“ προφητεύεται. ὁ δὲ μὴ ἀπωθούμενος τὴν „ἐπὶ θλίψει“ θλῖψιν, ἀλλʼ ὡς γενναῖος ἀθλητὴς αὐτὴν προσδεχόμενος εὐθέως προσδέχεται καὶ „ἐλπίδα ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι“, ἧς μετʼ οὐ πολὺ τῆς „ἐπὶ θλίψει“ θλίψεως ἀπολαύσει· τοιοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ „ἔτι μικρὸν ἔτι μικρόν.“
„Hoi apogegalaktismenoi apo galaktos, hoi apespasmenoi apo mastou, thlipsin epi thlipsei prosdechou, prosdechou elpida epʼ elpidi, eti mikron eti mikron, dia phaulismon cheileōn, dia glōssēs heteras.“ kai hymeis toinyn kata ton Hēsaïan hōs ouketi sarkinoi oude „en Christǭ“ nēpioi prokopsantes „en tę̄“ noētę̄ hymōn „hēlikią“, Ambrosie theosebestate kai Prōtoktēte eusebestate, kai mēketi „chreian echontes galaktos“ alla „stereas trophēs“, akouete hōs „apogegalaktismenoi apo galaktos“ kai „apespasmenoi apo mastou“, tina tropon hōs athlētais tois apogegalaktismenois ouch haplē thlipsis alla tis „thlipsis epi thlipsei“ prophēteuetai. ho de mē apōthoumenos tēn „epi thlipsei“ thlipsin, allʼ hōs gennaios athlētēs autēn prosdechomenos eutheōs prosdechetai kai „elpida epʼ elpidi“, hēs metʼ ou poly tēs „epi thlipsei“ thlipseōs apolausei; toiouto gar esti to „eti mikron eti mikron.“
“You who are weaned from milk, you who are drawn from the breast, expect affliction upon affliction, expect hope upon hope, yet a little, yet a little, through contempt of lips, through another tongue.” You too, then, according to Isaiah, since you are no longer fleshly nor infants “in Christ,” but have advanced “in” your spiritual “stature,” most God-fearing Ambrose and most pious Protoctetus, and no longer “have need of milk” but “of solid food,” hear, as those “weaned from milk” and “drawn from the breast,” how it is prophesied that for athletes who have been weaned there comes not simple affliction but “affliction upon affliction.” But the one who does not thrust away the affliction “upon affliction,” but like a noble athlete accepts it, at once accepts also “hope upon hope,” which he will enjoy not long after the affliction “upon affliction”; for such is the meaning of “yet a little, yet a little.”
Chapter 2
2Koetschau 1:4
Ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰ φαυλίζοιεν ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐξευτελίζοιεν ἤτοι ἀσεβεῖς ἢ μωροὺς ἀποκαλοῦντες οἱ ἀλλότριοι τῆς κατὰ τὰς ἁγίας γραφὰς διαλέκτου, ὑπομιμνησκώμεθα ὅτι ἡ „ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι“ ἐλπὶς, ἡ „ἔτι μικρὸν“ ἀποδοθησομένη ἡμῖν, ἀποδοθήσεται „διὰ φαυλισμὸν χειλέων, διὰ γλώσσης ἑτέρας“. καὶ τίς οὐκ ἂν προσδέχοιτο „θλῖψιν ἐπὶ θλίψει“, ἵνα εὐθέως προσδέξηται καὶ „ἐλπίδα ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι“, λογισάμενος μετὰ Παύλου „ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ“, ὧν ὡσπερεὶ ὠνούμεθα τὴν μακαριότητα, „πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν δόξαν ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι εἰς ἡμᾶς“ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ· καὶ μάλιστα ἐπεὶ „τὸ παραυτίκα ἐλαφρὸν τῆς θλίψεως ἡμῶν“, „ἐλαφρὸν“ τοῖς μὴ βαρουμένοις ὑπὸ τῶν περιεστηκότων καὶ τυγχάνον καὶ λεγόμενον, ὅσῳ πλεῖον ὑπερβάλλον γίνεται, τοσούτῳ μεῖζον καὶ πλεῖον „βάρος αἰωνίου δόξης κατεργάζεται ἡμῖν“, εἰ παρὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῶν θλιβόντων καὶ ὡσπερεὶ πιέζειν τὰς ψυχὰς ἡμῶν ἐθελόντων ἀποστρέψαντες τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ἡμῶν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπιπόνων σκοποῖμεν οὐ τὰ ἐνεστηκότα ἐπίπονα ἀλλὰ τὰ διὰ τὴν ἐν τούτοις ὑπομονὴν τοῖς „νομίμως“ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀθλήσασι χάριτι θεοῦ ἀποκείμενα, πολλαπλασιάζοντος τὰς εὐεργεσίας καὶ ὑπὲρ τὴν ἀξίαν τῶν τοῦ ἀγωνισαμένου καμάτων τοσαῦτα δωρουμένου, ὅσα ἂν πρέπῃ μὴ γλισχρολογουμένῳ διδόναι τῷ μεγαλοδώρῳ καὶ ἐπιστημόνως τὰς ἑαυτοῦ χάριτας μεγεθύνοντι θεῷ ἐπὶ τοὺς ὅση δύναμις διὰ τοῦ καταπεφρονηκέναι τοῦ ὀστρακίνου σκεύους ἐπιδειξαμένους τὴν ὅλῃ ψυχῇ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀγάπην.
Alla kai ei phaulizoien hēmas kai exeutelizoien ētoi asebeis ē mōrous apokalountes hoi allotrioi tēs kata tas hagias graphas dialektou, hypomimnēskōmetha hoti hē „epʼ elpidi“ elpis, hē „eti mikron“ apodothēsomenē hēmin, apodothēsetai „dia phaulismon cheileōn, dia glōssēs heteras“. kai tis ouk an prosdechoito „thlipsin epi thlipsei“, hina eutheōs prosdexētai kai „elpida epʼ elpidi“, logisamenos meta Paulou „hoti ouk axia ta pathēmata tou nyn kairou“, hōn hōsperei ōnoumetha tēn makariotēta, „pros tēn mellousan doxan apokalyptesthai eis hēmas“ apo tou theou; kai malista epei „to parautika elaphron tēs thlipseōs hēmōn“, „elaphron“ tois mē baroumenois hypo tōn periestēkotōn kai tynchanon kai legomenon, hosǭ pleion hyperballon ginetai, tosoutǭ meizon kai pleion „baros aiōniou doxēs katergazetai hēmin“, ei para ton kairon tōn thlibontōn kai hōsperei piezein tas psychas hēmōn ethelontōn apostrepsantes to hēgemonikon hēmōn apo tōn epiponōn skopoimen ou ta enestēkota epipona alla ta dia tēn en toutois hypomonēn tois „nomimōs“ en Christǭ athlēsasi chariti theou apokeimena, pollaplasiazontos tas euergesias kai hyper tēn axian tōn tou agōnisamenou kamatōn tosauta dōroumenou, hosa an prepę̄ mē glischrologoumenǭ didonai tǭ megalodōrǭ kai epistēmonōs tas heautou charitas megethynonti theǭ epi tous hosē dynamis dia tou katapephronēkenai tou ostrakinou skeuous epideixamenous tēn holę̄ psychę̄ pros auton agapēn.
But even if those who are strangers to the language of the holy Scriptures should despise and belittle us, calling us either impious or foolish, let us remember that the hope “upon hope,” which will be given back to us “yet a little” while, will be given back “through contempt of lips, through another tongue.” And who would not accept “affliction upon affliction,” in order at once to accept also “hope upon hope,” reckoning with Paul “that the sufferings of the present time,” by which we as it were purchase blessedness, “are not worth comparing with the glory that is to be revealed to us” from God? And especially since “the momentary lightness of our affliction” (“light” both being and being called so for those who are not weighed down by their circumstances), the more it abounds, the greater and more abundant “weight of eternal glory it works for us,” if, in the time of those who afflict us and wish, as it were, to crush our souls, we turn our ruling faculty away from our toils and look, not at the toils that are present, but at what is laid up by the grace of God, because of endurance in them, for those who have competed “lawfully” in Christ. For he multiplies his benefits, and beyond the worth of the contestant's labors grants as much as it befits God to give, who does not reckon stingily, who gives great gifts and who knowingly magnifies his graces toward those who, as far as they could, by despising the earthen vessel have shown their love for him with the whole soul.
Chapter 3
3Koetschau 1:4–5
Ὅλῃ δὲ ψυχῇ νομίζω ἀγαπᾶσθαι τὸν θεὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποσπώντων καὶ διϊστάντων αὐτὴν διὰ πολλὴν τὴν πρὸς τὸ κοινωνῆσαι τῷ θεῷ προθυμίαν οὐ μόνον ἀπὸ τοῦ γηΐνου σώματος ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ παντὸς σώματος· οἷς οὐδὲ μετὰ περισπασμοῦ καὶ περιελκυσμοῦ τινος γίνεται τὸ ἀποθέσθαι „τὸ“ „τῆς ταπεινώσεως“ „σῶμα“, ὅταν καιρὸς διδῷ διὰ τοῦ νομιζομένου θανάτου ἐκδύσασθαι τὸ σῶμα „τοῦ θανάτου“ καὶ ἐπακουσθῆναι ἀποστολικῶς εὐξάμενον καὶ εἰπόντα· „ταλαίπωρος ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος· τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου;“ τίς γὰρ τῶν „ἐν τῷ σκήνει“ στεναζόντων διὰ τὸ βαρεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ φθαρτοῦ σώματος οὐχὶ καὶ εὐχαριστήσει πρότερον εἰπών· „τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου;“ βλέπων ὅτι διὰ τῆς ὁμιλίας ῥυσθεὶς ἀπὸ „τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου“ ἁγίως ἀναφθέγξεται τό· „χάρις τῷ θεῷ διὰ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν“. εἰ δέ τινι τὸ τοιοῦτο χαλεπὸν φαίνεται, οὐκ „ἐδίψησε“ „πρὸς τὸν θεὸν“ τὸν ἰσχυρὸν „τὸν ζῶντα“ οὐδὲ ἐπεπόθησε πρὸς τὸν θεὸν „ὃν τρόπον ἐπιποθεῖ ἡ ἔλαφος ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων“ οὐδὲ εἶπε· „πότε ἄρα ἥξω καὶ ὀφθήσομαι τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ;“ οὐδὲ ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἐλογίσατο ἃ διαλογισάμενος ὁ προφήτης, λεγομένου τοῦ· „ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ θεός σου;“ αὐτῷ, „καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν“ ἐξέχεεν ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸν „τὴν ψυχὴν“ αὐτοῦ, ἐπιπλήσσων αὐτῇ ἔτι κατʼ ἀσθένειαν περιλύπῳ γινομένῃ καὶ συνταρασσομένῃ καὶ λέγων· „ὅτι διελεύσομαι ἐν τόπῳ σκηνῆς θαυμαστῆς ἕως τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐν φωνῇ ἀγαλλιάσεως καὶ ἐξομολογήσεως ἤχου ἑορτάζοντος.“
Holę̄ de psychę̄ nomizō agapasthai ton theon hypo tōn apospōntōn kai diïstantōn autēn dia pollēn tēn pros to koinōnēsai tǭ theǭ prothymian ou monon apo tou gēïnou sōmatos alla kai apo pantos sōmatos; hois oude meta perispasmou kai perielkysmou tinos ginetai to apothesthai „to“ „tēs tapeinōseōs“ „sōma“, hotan kairos didǭ dia tou nomizomenou thanatou ekdysasthai to sōma „tou thanatou“ kai epakousthēnai apostolikōs euxamenon kai eiponta; „talaipōros egō anthrōpos; tis me rhysetai ek tou sōmatos tou thanatou toutou?“ tis gar tōn „en tǭ skēnei“ stenazontōn dia to bareisthai hypo tou phthartou sōmatos ouchi kai eucharistēsei proteron eipōn; „tis me rhysetai ek tou sōmatos tou thanatou toutou?“ blepōn hoti dia tēs homilias rhystheis apo „tou sōmatos tou thanatou“ hagiōs anaphthenxetai to; „charis tǭ theǭ dia Christou Iēsou tou kyriou hēmōn“. ei de tini to toiouto chalepon phainetai, ouk „edipsēse“ „pros ton theon“ ton ischyron „ton zōnta“ oude epepothēse pros ton theon „hon tropon epipothei hē elaphos epi tas pēgas tōn hydatōn“ oude eipe; „pote ara hēxō kai ophthēsomai tǭ prosōpǭ tou theou?“ oude en heautǭ elogisato ha dialogisamenos ho prophētēs, legomenou tou; „pou estin ho theos sou?“ autǭ, „kathʼ hekastēn hēmeran“ execheen ephʼ heauton „tēn psychēn“ autou, epiplēssōn autę̄ eti katʼ astheneian perilypǭ ginomenę̄ kai syntarassomenę̄ kai legōn; „hoti dieleusomai en topǭ skēnēs thaumastēs heōs tou oikou tou theou, en phōnę̄ agalliaseōs kai exomologēseōs ēchou heortazontos.“
I think that God is loved with the whole soul by those who, through great eagerness for communion with God, draw it away and separate it not only from the earthly body but from every body. For them it is no struggle and no tearing away to lay aside “the body” “of humiliation,” when the occasion allows them, through what is called death, to put off the body “of death,” and to be heard when they pray as the apostle did and say, “Wretched man that I am! Who will deliver me from the body of this death?” For which of those who groan “in the tent” because they are weighed down by the corruptible body will not also give thanks, having first said, “Who will deliver me from the body of this death?” when he sees that, delivered through this communion from “the body of death,” he will holily cry out, “Thanks be to God through Christ Jesus our Lord”? But if this seems hard to anyone, he has not “thirsted” “for God,” the mighty, “the living,” nor longed for God “as the deer longs for the springs of water,” nor said, “When shall I come and appear before the face of God?” Nor has he considered within himself what the prophet considered, when it was said to him, “Where is your God?” and “every day” he poured out “his soul” within himself, rebuking it when, through weakness, it was still very sorrowful and troubled, and saying, “For I shall pass through into the place of the wonderful tent, even to the house of God, with the voice of rejoicing and thanksgiving, the sound of one keeping festival.”
Chapter 4
4Koetschau 1:5–6
Εὐχόμην οὖν ὑμᾶς παρʼ ὅλον τὸν ἐνεστηκότα ἀγῶνα μεμνημένους τοῦ ἀποκειμένου πολλοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς μισθοῦ τοῖς διωχθεῖσι καὶ ὀνειδισθεῖσιν „ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης“ καὶ ἕνεκεν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου χαίρειν καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶν καὶ σκιρτᾶν, ὥσπερ οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἐχάρησάν ποτε καταξιωθέντες „ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ ἀτιμασθῆναι“. εἰ δὲ καί ποτε αἰσθάνοισθε συστολῆς περὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ὑμῶν, εἰπάτω αὐτῇ ὁ ἐν ἡμῖν Χριστοῦ νοῦς θελούσῃ τὸ ὅσον ἐφʼ ἑαυτῇ καὶ αὐτὸν συγχεῖν· „ἵνα τί περίλυπος εἶ ψυχή; καὶ ἵνα τί συνταράσσεις με; ἔλπισον ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν, ὅτι ἐξομολογήσομαι αὐτῷ·“ καὶ πάλιν. εἴθε μὲν μηδαμῶς μὴ ταραχθείη ἡ ψυχὴ, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρʼ αὐτοῖς τοῖς δικαστηρίοις καὶ παρὰ γυμνοῖς τοῖς ξίφεσιν ἐπιφερομένοις τῷ τραχήλῳ φρουροῖτο ὑπὸ τῆς ὑπερεχούσης „πάντα νοῦν“ εἰρήνης τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ γαληνιάζοι, λογιζομένη ὅτι οἱ ἐκδημοῦντες „ἐκ τοῦ σώματος“ ἐνδημοῦσιν αὐτῷ τῷ τῶν ὅλων κυρίῳ· εἰ δὲ μὴ τηλικοῦτοί ἐσμεν, ὡς ἀεὶ τὸ ἀτάραχον διατηρεῖν, κἂν μὴ ἐκχέοιτο μηδὲ τοῖς ἔξω ἐμφαίνοιτο ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς ταραχὴ, ἵνα ἀπολογίας χώραν ἔχωμεν πρὸς θεὸν λέγοντες αὐτῷ· „ὁ θεός μου, πρὸς ἐμαυτὸν ἡ ψυχή μου ἐταράχθη.“ μεμνῆσθαι δὲ ἡμᾶς ὁ λόγος παρακαλεῖ καὶ τοῦ ἐν Ἡσαΐᾳ τοῦτον εἰρημένου τὸν τρόπον· „μὴ φοβεῖσθε ὀνειδισμὸν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ τῷ φαυλισμῷ αὐτῶν μὴ ἡττᾶσθε.“ καὶ γὰρ ἄτοπον ἐναργῶς ἐφεστῶτος θεοῦ τῇ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ κινήσει καὶ τοῖς ἐν γῇ καὶ θαλάσσῃ ὑπὸ τῆς θείας τέχνης αὐτοῦ ἐπιτελουμένοις ἐν παντοδαπῶν ζῴων καὶ φυτῶν γενέσεσι καὶ συστάσεσι καὶ τροφαῖς καὶ αὐξήσεσι καμμύσαι μὲν καὶ μὴ ἐνορᾶν θεῷ, τρέψαι δὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπὶ φόβον τῶν μετʼ ὀλίγον τεθνηξομένων καὶ παραδοθησομένων τῇ κατʼ ἀξίαν αὐτῶν δίκῃ.
Euchomēn oun hymas parʼ holon ton enestēkota agōna memnēmenous tou apokeimenou pollou en ouranois misthou tois diōchtheisi kai oneidistheisin „heneken dikaiosynēs“ kai heneken tou huiou tou anthrōpou chairein kai agallian kai skirtan, hōsper hoi apostoloi echarēsan pote kataxiōthentes „hyper tou onomatos autou atimasthēnai“. ei de kai pote aisthanoisthe systolēs peri tēn psychēn hymōn, eipatō autę̄ ho en hēmin Christou nous thelousę̄ to hoson ephʼ heautę̄ kai auton synchein; „hina ti perilypos ei psychē? kai hina ti syntarasseis me? elpison epi ton theon, hoti exomologēsomai autǭ;“ kai palin. eithe men mēdamōs mē tarachtheiē hē psychē, alla kai parʼ autois tois dikastēriois kai para gymnois tois xiphesin epipheromenois tǭ trachēlǭ phrouroito hypo tēs hyperechousēs „panta noun“ eirēnēs tou theou kai galēniazoi, logizomenē hoti hoi ekdēmountes „ek tou sōmatos“ endēmousin autǭ tǭ tōn holōn kyriǭ; ei de mē tēlikoutoi esmen, hōs aei to atarachon diatērein, kan mē ekcheoito mēde tois exō emphainoito hē tēs psychēs tarachē, hina apologias chōran echōmen pros theon legontes autǭ; „ho theos mou, pros emauton hē psychē mou etarachthē.“ memnēsthai de hēmas ho logos parakalei kai tou en Hēsaïą touton eirēmenou ton tropon; „mē phobeisthe oneidismon anthrōpōn, kai tǭ phaulismǭ autōn mē hēttasthe.“ kai gar atopon enargōs ephestōtos theou tę̄ tou ouranou kai tōn en autǭ kinēsei kai tois en gę̄ kai thalassę̄ hypo tēs theias technēs autou epiteloumenois en pantodapōn zǭōn kai phytōn genesesi kai systasesi kai trophais kai auxēsesi kammysai men kai mē enoran theǭ, trepsai de tous ophthalmous epi phobon tōn metʼ oligon tethnēxomenōn kai paradothēsomenōn tę̄ katʼ axian autōn dikę̄.
So I would pray that throughout the whole present contest you would remember the great reward laid up in heaven for those who are persecuted and reviled “for righteousness' sake” and for the sake of the Son of Man, and would rejoice and be glad and leap for joy, as the apostles once rejoiced that they were counted worthy “to be dishonored for his name.” And if you should ever feel your soul shrinking back, let the mind of Christ that is in us say to it, when it wishes, as far as it can, to throw him too into confusion: “Why are you very sorrowful, my soul, and why do you trouble me? Hope in God, for I will give thanks to him,” and so on. Would that the soul might never be troubled at all, but even before the courts themselves and before the naked swords brought down on the neck might be guarded by the peace of God that surpasses “all understanding,” and be calm, reckoning that those who are away “from the body” are at home with the Lord of all himself. But if we are not so great as always to keep our calm, at least let the trouble of the soul not pour out or show itself to those outside, so that we may have room for a defense before God, saying to him, “My God, my soul is troubled within me.” And the word urges us to remember also what is said in Isaiah in this way: “Do not fear the reproach of men, and do not be overcome by their contempt.” For it is absurd, when God is so plainly present in the motion of heaven and of the things in it, and in what is accomplished on land and sea by his divine art in the births, constitutions, nourishment, and growth of animals and plants of every kind, to shut our eyes and not look to God, and to turn our eyes instead to the fear of people who will shortly die and be handed over to the judgment they deserve.
Chapter 5
5Koetschau 1:6–7
Τῷ μὲν οὖν Ἀβραάμ ποτε ὑπὸ θεοῦ εἴρητο· „ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου“, ἡμῖν δὲ τάχα μετʼ ὀλίγον λεχθήσεται· ἐξέλθετε ἀπὸ τῆς ὅλης γῆς· ᾧ πείθεσθαι καλὸν, ἵνα ἡμῖν ταχέως δείξῃ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, ἐν οἷς ἐστιν ἡ καλουμένη τῶν οὐρανῶν βασιλεία. περὶ μὲν οὖν πολλῶν ἀρετῶν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν τὸν βίον ἀγώνων πεπληρωμένον καὶ τοὺς ἀγωνιζομένους. δόξουσι γὰρ περὶ μὲν σωφροσύνης καὶ ἕτεροι τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ μερίδος ἠγωνίσθαι πολλοὶ, καὶ μετὰ ἀνδρείας ἐναποτεθνηκέναι τινὲς τηροῦντες τὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ κοινοῦ δεσπότου πρόθεσιν, φρονήσεώς τε ἐπιμεμελῆσθαι οἱ περὶ τοὺς ἐξεταζομένους λόγους δεινοὶ, καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ ἑαυτοὺς ἐπιδεδωκέναι οἱ δικαίως ζῆν προτεθειμένοι. καὶ στρατεύεταί γε καθʼ ἑκάστης ἀρετῆς ἤτοι „τὸ τῆς σαρκὸς φρόνημα“ ἢ καὶ τὰ πολλὰ τῶν ἐκτός· περὶ δὲ εὐσεβείας μόνον „τὸ ἐκλεκτὸν“ ἀγωνίζεται „γένος, τὸ βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα, τὸ ἔθνος τὸ ἅγιον, ὁ λαὸς ὁ εἰς περιποίησιν·“ οὐδὲ μέχρι τοῦ δοκεῖν δεικνύντων τῶν λοιπῶν ἀνθρώπων ὅτι, εἰ ἔστι τὰ ἀνταγωνιζόμενα τοῖς εὐσεβέσι, προτίθενται ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας ἀποθνῄσκειν προτιμῶντες τὸν μετʼ εὐσεβείας θάνατον τοῦ μετὰ ἀσεβείας ζῆν. καὶ ἕκαστός γε τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐκλεκτοῦ γένους εἶναι θελόντων ἀκούειν πείθεται θεοῦ παντὶ καιρῷ λέγοντος, καὶ ὅτε ἐπιβουλεύουσιν αὐτῷ οἱ προφάσει τοῦ εἶναι πολύθεοι ὄντες ἄθεοι, τό· „οὐκ ἔσονταί σοι θεοὶ ἕτεροι πλὴν ἐμοῦ“ καὶ τό· „ὄνομα θεῶν ἑτέρων οὐκ ἀναμνησθήσεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν, οὐδὲ ὀνομασθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν“. διόπερ „καρδίᾳ“ μὲν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς τοιούτοις „πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται“ τοῖς τοιούτοις „εἰς σωτηρίαν“, καταλαμβάνουσιν ὅτι οὔτε δικαιωθήσονται, ἐὰν μὴ οὕτω πιστεύσωσι τῷ θεῷ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν οὕτω διακειμένης, οὔτε ἐν σωτηρίᾳ ἔσονται, ἐὰν μὴ ὁποία ἡ διάθεσις ᾖ, τοιοῦτος καὶ ὁ λόγος. ἑαυτοὺς γὰρ ἀπατῶσιν οἱ νομίζοντες ἀρκεῖν πρὸς τὸ τυχεῖν ἐν Χριστῷ τέλους τό· „καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην“, κἂν μὴ προσῇ τό· „στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν“. καὶ ἔστι γε εἰπεῖν ὅτι μᾶλλόν ἐστι „τοῖς χείλεσι“ τιμᾶν τὴν καρδίαν „πόῤῥω“ ἔχοντα ἀπὸ θεοῦ, ἤπερ τῇ „καρδίᾳ“ τιμᾶν αὐτὸν, τοῦ στόματος μὴ ὁμολογοῦντος „εἰς σωτηρίαν“.
Tǭ men oun Abraam pote hypo theou eirēto; „exelthe ek tēs gēs sou“, hēmin de tacha metʼ oligon lechthēsetai; exelthete apo tēs holēs gēs; hǭ peithesthai kalon, hina hēmin tacheōs deixę̄ tous ouranous, en hois estin hē kaloumenē tōn ouranōn basileia. peri men oun pollōn aretōn estin idein ton bion agōnōn peplērōmenon kai tous agōnizomenous. doxousi gar peri men sōphrosynēs kai heteroi tōn apo tēs tou theou meridos ēgōnisthai polloi, kai meta andreias enapotethnēkenai tines tērountes tēn hyper tou koinou despotou prothesin, phronēseōs te epimemelēsthai hoi peri tous exetazomenous logous deinoi, kai dikaiosynę̄ heautous epidedōkenai hoi dikaiōs zēn protetheimenoi. kai strateuetai ge kathʼ hekastēs aretēs ētoi „to tēs sarkos phronēma“ ē kai ta polla tōn ektos; peri de eusebeias monon „to eklekton“ agōnizetai „genos, to basileion hierateuma, to ethnos to hagion, ho laos ho eis peripoiēsin;“ oude mechri tou dokein deiknyntōn tōn loipōn anthrōpōn hoti, ei esti ta antagōnizomena tois eusebesi, protithentai hyper eusebeias apothnę̄skein protimōntes ton metʼ eusebeias thanaton tou meta asebeias zēn. kai hekastos ge tōn apo tou eklektou genous einai thelontōn akouein peithetai theou panti kairǭ legontos, kai hote epibouleuousin autǭ hoi prophasei tou einai polytheoi ontes atheoi, to; „ouk esontai soi theoi heteroi plēn emou“ kai to; „onoma theōn heterōn ouk anamnēsthēsesthe en tais kardiais hymōn, oude onomasthēsetai ek tou stomatos hymōn“. dioper „kardią“ men ho theos tois toioutois „pisteuetai eis dikaiosynēn, stomati de homologeitai“ tois toioutois „eis sōtērian“, katalambanousin hoti oute dikaiōthēsontai, ean mē houtō pisteusōsi tǭ theǭ tēs kardias autōn houtō diakeimenēs, oute en sōtērią esontai, ean mē hopoia hē diathesis ę̄, toioutos kai ho logos. heautous gar apatōsin hoi nomizontes arkein pros to tychein en Christǭ telous to; „kardią gar pisteuetai eis dikaiosynēn“, kan mē prosę̄ to; „stomati de homologeitai eis sōtērian“. kai esti ge eipein hoti mallon esti „tois cheilesi“ timan tēn kardian „porrhō“ echonta apo theou, ēper tę̄ „kardią“ timan auton, tou stomatos mē homologountos „eis sōtērian“.
To Abraham it was once said by God, “Go out from your land”; but to us perhaps it will shortly be said, “Go out from the whole earth.” It is good to obey this, so that he may quickly show us the heavens, in which is what is called the kingdom of heaven. Now one can see that life is full of contests over many virtues, and full of those who contend. For many others besides those who belong to God's portion will be thought to have contended for self-control; and some to have died with courage, keeping their purpose toward the common Master; and those skilled in the arguments under examination to have cultivated prudence; and those who set themselves to live justly to have given themselves to justice. And against each virtue there wars either “the mind of the flesh” or most external things. But over piety only “the chosen race, the royal priesthood, the holy nation, the people for God's own possession” contends; for the rest of mankind do not show even in appearance that, if there should be things that fight against the pious, they are resolved to die for piety, preferring death with piety to life with impiety. And each of those who wish to belong to the chosen race obeys God when he hears him say at every time, even when those who under pretence of having many gods are godless plot against him: “You shall have no other gods besides me,” and, “You shall not remember the name of other gods in your hearts, nor shall it be named from your mouth.” Therefore God is “believed with the heart unto righteousness” by such people, and “confessed with the mouth unto salvation” by such people, since they understand that they will not be justified unless they so believe God with their heart so disposed, nor will they be in salvation unless their speech corresponds to their inner disposition. For those deceive themselves who think that to attain the goal in Christ it is enough that “with the heart one believes unto righteousness,” even if “with the mouth one confesses unto salvation” is not added. And one may say that it is better to honor God “with the lips” while the heart is “far” from him than to honor him with the “heart” while the mouth does not confess “unto salvation.”
Chapter 6
6Koetschau 1:7–8
Εἴπερ δὲ ὁ φάσκων· „οὐ ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ εἴδωλον οὐδὲ παντὸς ὁμοίωμα“ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ὡς διαφερόντων πρὸς ἄλληλα τοῦ· „οὐ προσκυνήσεις αὐτοῖς“ καὶ τοῦ· „οὐδὲ μὴ λατρεύσῃς αὐτοῖς“, ταῦτα λέγει, μή ποτε ὁ μὲν διακείμενος πρὸς τὰ εἴδωλα λατρεύῃ αὐτοῖς· ὁ δὲ μὴ διακείμενος ἀλλὰ διὰ δειλίαν, ἥνπερ ὀνομάζει συμπεριφορὰν, καθυποκρινόμενος αὐτὰ ὑπὲρ τοῦ δοκεῖν ὁμοίως τοῖς πολλοῖς εὐσεβεῖν οὐ λατρεύει μὲν προσκυνεῖ δὲ τοῖς εἰδώλοις. καὶ εἴποιμʼ ἂν ὅτι οἱ ἐπὶ δικαστηρίου ἐξομνύμενοι τὸν χριστιανισμὸν ἢ πρὸ δικαστηρίου οὐ λατρεύουσι μὲν προσκυνοῦσι δὲ τοῖς εἰδώλοις. λαμβάνοντες τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ „θεὸς“ ἐπὶ ματαίῳ καὶ ἀψύχῳ ὕλῃ. προσεκύνουν δὲ οὕτως καὶ οὐκ ἐλάτρευον εἰδώλοις ὁ βεβηλωθεὶς λαὸς „εἰς τὰς θυγατέρας Μωάβ“. γέγραπται γοῦν αὐταῖς λέξεσιν ὅτι „ἐκάλεσαν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ταῖς θυσίαις τῶν εἰδώλων αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔφαγεν ὁ λαὸς τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ προσεκύνησαν τοῖς εἰδώλοις αὐτῶν καὶ ἐτελέσθησαν τῷ Βεελφεγώρ“. καὶ παρατήρει ὅτι οὐκ εἴρηται· καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τοῖς εἰδώλοις αὐτῶν, οὐδὲ γὰρ οἷόν τε ἦν μετὰ τοσαῦτα σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ὑπὸ μίαν καιροῦ ῥοπὴν πεισθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν γυναικῶν, μεθʼ ὧν ἐξεπόρνευον, πρὸς τὸ νομίσαι θεοὺς τὰ εἴδωλα. τάχα δὲ οὕτως καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ Ἐξόδῳ μοσχοποιΐαν „προσεκύνησαν“, οὐ λατρεύσαντες τῷ μόσχῳ, ὃν γινόμενον ἐθεάσαντο. δοκίμιον οὖν καὶ ἐξεταστήριον τῆς πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ἀγάπης νομιστέον ἡμῖν γεγονέναι τὸν ἑστηκότα πειρασμόν. „πειράζει γὰρ ὁ κύριος ὑμᾶς“, ὡς ἐν Δευτερονομίῳ γέγραπται, „εἰδέναι, εἰ ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κύριον τὸν θεὸν ὑμῶν ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς ὑμῶν“. ἀλλʼ ὑμεῖς πειραζόμενοι „ὀπίσω κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν πορεύσεσθε καὶ αὐτὸν φοβηθήσεσθε καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ φυλάξεσθε“, καὶ μάλιστα τήν· „οὐκ ἔσονταί σοι θεοὶ ἕτεροι πλὴν ἐμοῦ“, „καὶ τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε καὶ αὐτῷ προστεθήσεσθε“, λαμβάνοντι μὲν ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῶν τῇδε χωρίων, προστιθέντι δὲ αὐτῷ εἰς „τὴν“, ὡς ὁ ἀπόστολος ὠνόμασεν, „αὔξησιν τοῦ θεοῦ“ ἐν αὐτῷ.
Eiper de ho phaskōn; „ou poiēseis seautǭ eidōlon oude pantos homoiōma“ kai ta hexēs, hōs diapherontōn pros allēla tou; „ou proskynēseis autois“ kai tou; „oude mē latreusę̄s autois“, tauta legei, mē pote ho men diakeimenos pros ta eidōla latreuę̄ autois; ho de mē diakeimenos alla dia deilian, hēnper onomazei symperiphoran, kathypokrinomenos auta hyper tou dokein homoiōs tois pollois eusebein ou latreuei men proskynei de tois eidōlois. kai eipoimʼ an hoti hoi epi dikastēriou exomnymenoi ton christianismon ē pro dikastēriou ou latreuousi men proskynousi de tois eidōlois. lambanontes to onoma kyriou tou theou to „theos“ epi mataiǭ kai apsychǭ hylę̄. prosekynoun de houtōs kai ouk elatreuon eidōlois ho bebēlōtheis laos „eis tas thygateras Mōab“. gegraptai goun autais lexesin hoti „ekalesan autous epi tais thysiais tōn eidōlōn autōn, kai ephagen ho laos tōn thysiōn autōn, kai prosekynēsan tois eidōlois autōn kai etelesthēsan tǭ Beelphegōr“. kai paratērei hoti ouk eirētai; kai elatreusan tois eidōlois autōn, oude gar hoion te ēn meta tosauta sēmeia kai terata hypo mian kairou rhopēn peisthēnai hypo tōn gynaikōn, methʼ hōn exeporneuon, pros to nomisai theous ta eidōla. tacha de houtōs kai kata tēn en tę̄ Exodǭ moschopoiïan „prosekynēsan“, ou latreusantes tǭ moschǭ, hon ginomenon etheasanto. dokimion oun kai exetastērion tēs pros to theion agapēs nomisteon hēmin gegonenai ton hestēkota peirasmon. „peirazei gar ho kyrios hymas“, hōs en Deuteronomiǭ gegraptai, „eidenai, ei agapate ton kyrion ton theon hymōn ex holēs tēs kardias hymōn kai ex holēs tēs psychēs hymōn“. allʼ hymeis peirazomenoi „opisō kyriou tou theou hymōn poreusesthe kai auton phobēthēsesthe kai tas entolas autou phylaxesthe“, kai malista tēn; „ouk esontai soi theoi heteroi plēn emou“, „kai tēs phōnēs autou akousesthe kai autǭ prostethēsesthe“, lambanonti men hymas apo tōn tę̄de chōriōn, prostithenti de autǭ eis „tēn“, hōs ho apostolos ōnomasen, „auxēsin tou theou“ en autǭ.
If the one who says, “You shall not make for yourself an idol, nor a likeness of anything,” and what follows, speaks these words as though “You shall not bow down to them” and “nor shall you serve them” differ from each other, perhaps the one who is inwardly devoted to idols serves them, while the one who is not so devoted, but out of cowardice (which he calls accommodation) plays the part, in order to seem pious as the many are, does not serve idols but does bow down to them. And I would say that those who abjure Christianity in court, or before the court, do not serve idols but do bow down to them, applying the name of the Lord God, the name “God,” to vain and lifeless matter. In this way the people who were defiled “with the daughters of Moab” bowed down to idols and did not serve them. For it is written in these very words: “They invited them to the sacrifices of their idols, and the people ate of their sacrifices, and they bowed down to their idols and were initiated into Baal of Peor.” And observe that it is not said, “and they served their idols”; for it was not possible, after so many signs and wonders, that in a single moment they should be persuaded by the women with whom they committed fornication to believe that the idols were gods. Perhaps in the same way at the making of the calf in Exodus they “bowed down” without serving the calf, which they had watched being made. So we must regard the present temptation as a trial and test of our love for God. “For the Lord is testing you,” as it is written in Deuteronomy, “to know whether you love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul.” But you, when tested, “will walk after the Lord your God and fear him and keep his commandments,” and especially “You shall have no other gods besides me,” “and you will hear his voice and be joined to him,” who takes you from the places here and joins you to himself in what the apostle called “the growth of God” in him.
Chapter 7
7Koetschau 1:8–9
Ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴπερ „πᾶν ῥῆμα“ πονηρὸν „βδέλυγμα κυρίῳ“ τῷ θεῷ σου ἐστὶ, πηλίκον „βδέλυγμα“ νομιστέον εἶναι τὸ πονηρὸν τῆς ἀρνήσεως ῥῆμα καὶ τὸν πονηρὸν τῆς ἄλλου θεοῦ ἀναγορεύσεως λόγον καὶ τὸν πονηρὸν κατὰ τύχης ἀνθρώπων, πράγματος ἀνυποστάτου, ὅρκον; οὗ προτεινομένου ἡμῖν μνημονευτέον τοῦ διδάξαντος τό· „ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν μὴ ὀμόσαι ὅλως“. εἴπερ γὰρ ὁ ὀμνὺς οὐρανὸν παρανομεῖ τὸν θρόνον τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ὁ ὀμνὺς γῆν ἀσεβεῖ τὸ λεγόμενον „ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν τοῦ θεοῦ“ θεοποιῶν, καὶ ὁ ὀμνὺς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἁμαρτάνει, καίτοι γε πόλις μεγάλου βασιλέως ἐστὶ, καὶ ὁ ὀμνὺς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ κεφαλὴν πλημμελεῖ· πηλίκον ἁμάρτημα εἶναι νομιστέον τὸ ὀμνύναι τύχην τινός; μνημονευτέον δὲ τότε καὶ τοῦ· περὶ παντὸς ἀργοῦ ῥήματος δώσετε „λόγον ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως.“ τίς γὰρ ἄλλος οὕτως ἀργὸς λόγος ὡς ὁ ἐν ἀρνήσει ὅρκος; ἀλλʼ εἰκὸς ὅτι θελήσει ἡμᾶς κατασοφίσασθαι διʼ ὧν ἂν δύνηται ὁ ἐχθρὸς πρὸς τὸ προσκυνῆσαι „τῷ ἡλίῳ ἢ τῇ σελήνῃ ἢ παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ“. ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς ἐροῦμεν ὅτι ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος ταῦτα „οὐ προσέταξεν.“ οὐδαμῶς γὰρ προσκυνητέον τὰ κτίσματα παρόντος τοῦ κτίσαντος καὶ διαρκοῦντος καὶ φθάνοντος πρὸς τὴν πάντων εὐχήν. καὶ οὐδʼ αὐτός γʼ ἂν θέλοι ὁ ἥλιος προσκυνεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ μερίδος, εἰκὸς δὲ ὅτι οὐδὲ ὑπὸ ἄλλου τινός· ἀλλὰ μιμούμενος τὸν εἰπόντα· „τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν; οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεὸς ὁ πατὴρ“ ὡσπερεὶ φήσει τῷ προσκυνεῖν αὐτὸν ἐθέλοντι· τί με λέγεις θεόν; εἷς ἐστι θεὸς ἀληθινός· καὶ τί με προσκυνεῖς; „κύριον γὰρ τὸν θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις.“ γενητός εἰμι κἀγώ· τί βούλει προσκυνεῖν τὸν προσκυνοῦντα; κἀγὼ γὰρ τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρὶ προσκυνῶ καὶ λατρεύω καὶ αὐτοῦ πειθόμενος τοῖς ἐπιτάγμασι „τῇ ματαιότητι“ ὑποτέταγμαι „διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι“ καὶ ἐλευθερωθήσομαι „ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς“ νῦν καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνδεδεμένος φθαρτῷ σώματι „εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ θεοῦ.“
Alla kai eiper „pan rhēma“ ponēron „bdelygma kyriǭ“ tǭ theǭ sou esti, pēlikon „bdelygma“ nomisteon einai to ponēron tēs arnēseōs rhēma kai ton ponēron tēs allou theou anagoreuseōs logon kai ton ponēron kata tychēs anthrōpōn, pragmatos anypostatou, horkon? hou proteinomenou hēmin mnēmoneuteon tou didaxantos to; „egō de legō hymin mē omosai holōs“. eiper gar ho omnys ouranon paranomei ton thronon tou theou, kai ho omnys gēn asebei to legomenon „hypopodion tōn podōn tou theou“ theopoiōn, kai ho omnys eis Hierosolyma hamartanei, kaitoi ge polis megalou basileōs esti, kai ho omnys tēn heautou kephalēn plēmmelei; pēlikon hamartēma einai nomisteon to omnynai tychēn tinos? mnēmoneuteon de tote kai tou; peri pantos argou rhēmatos dōsete „logon en hēmerą kriseōs.“ tis gar allos houtōs argos logos hōs ho en arnēsei horkos? allʼ eikos hoti thelēsei hēmas katasophisasthai diʼ hōn an dynētai ho echthros pros to proskynēsai „tǭ hēliǭ ē tę̄ selēnę̄ ē panti tǭ kosmǭ tōn ek tou ouranou“. allʼ hēmeis eroumen hoti ho tou theou logos tauta „ou prosetaxen.“ oudamōs gar proskynēteon ta ktismata parontos tou ktisantos kai diarkountos kai phthanontos pros tēn pantōn euchēn. kai oudʼ autos gʼ an theloi ho hēlios proskyneisthai hypo tōn apo tēs tou theou meridos, eikos de hoti oude hypo allou tinos; alla mimoumenos ton eiponta; „ti me legeis agathon? oudeis agathos ei mē heis ho theos ho patēr“ hōsperei phēsei tǭ proskynein auton ethelonti; ti me legeis theon? heis esti theos alēthinos; kai ti me proskyneis? „kyrion gar ton theon sou proskynēseis kai autǭ monǭ latreuseis.“ genētos eimi kagō; ti boulei proskynein ton proskynounta? kagō gar tǭ theǭ kai patri proskynō kai latreuō kai autou peithomenos tois epitagmasi „tę̄ mataiotēti“ hypotetagmai „dia ton hypotaxanta epʼ elpidi“ kai eleutherōthēsomai „apo tēs douleias tēs phthoras“ nyn kai autos endedemenos phthartǭ sōmati „eis tēn eleutherian tēs doxēs tōn teknōn tou theou.“
Moreover, if “every” evil “word is an abomination to the Lord” your God, how great an “abomination” must we consider the evil word of denial, and the evil speech that proclaims another god, and the evil oath by the Fortune of men, a thing without real existence? When it is put to us, we must remember him who taught, “But I say to you, do not swear at all.” For if he who swears by heaven transgresses against the throne of God, and he who swears by the earth commits impiety by deifying what is called “the footstool of God's feet,” and he who swears by Jerusalem sins, although it is the city of the great King, and he who swears by his own head offends, how great a sin must we consider it to swear by anyone's Fortune? At that time we must remember also this: for every idle word you will give “account on the day of judgment.” For what other word is so idle as the oath in denial? But the enemy will probably wish to outwit us by whatever means he can, so that we bow down “to the sun or the moon or all the host of heaven.” But we shall say that the word of God “did not command” these things. For created things must by no means be worshiped when the Creator is present, sufficient, and reaching to hear the prayer of all. Nor would the sun himself wish to be worshiped by those who belong to God's portion, and probably not by anyone else; but imitating him who said, “Why do you call me good? No one is good but one, God the Father,” he would, as it were, say to anyone wishing to worship him: “Why do you call me god? There is one true God. And why do you worship me? ‘For you shall worship the Lord your God and serve him only.’ I too am created; why would you worship one who worships? For I too worship and serve God the Father, and obeying his commands I am subjected ‘to futility because of him who subjected me in hope,’ and I too, though now bound to a corruptible body, shall be set free ‘from the bondage of corruption into the freedom of the glory of the children of God.’”
Chapter 8
8Koetschau 1:9
Ἔστι προσδοκῆσαι καὶ τῆς ἀσεβείας τινὰ προφήτην τάχα οὐχ ἕνα ἀλλὰ πλείονας λαλήσοντας ἡμῖν ὡς κυρίου „ῥῆμα, ὃ οὐ προσέταξε“ κύριος, ἢ ὡς σοφίας λόγον τὸν ἀλλότριον τῆς σοφίας, ἵνʼ ἡμᾶς ἀποκτείνῃ τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ. ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς καὶ τότε ἐν τῷ συστῆναι τὸν ἁμαρτωλὸν ἐναντίον ἡμῶν εἴπωμεν· „ἐγὼ δὲ ὡσεὶ κωφὸς οὐκ ἤκουον καὶ ὡσεὶ ἄλαλος οὐκ ἀνοίγων τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐγενόμην ὡσεὶ ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἀκούων“. καλὴ γὰρ ἡ πρὸς τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς λόγους κώφωσις, ἐπὰν ἀπογινώσκωμεν τὴν τῶν τὰ χείρονα λεγόντων ἐπανόρθωσιν.
Esti prosdokēsai kai tēs asebeias tina prophētēn tacha ouch hena alla pleionas lalēsontas hēmin hōs kyriou „rhēma, ho ou prosetaxe“ kyrios, ē hōs sophias logon ton allotrion tēs sophias, hinʼ hēmas apokteinę̄ tǭ logǭ tou stomatos autou. allʼ hēmeis kai tote en tǭ systēnai ton hamartōlon enantion hēmōn eipōmen; „egō de hōsei kōphos ouk ēkouon kai hōsei alalos ouk anoigōn to stoma autou; kai egenomēn hōsei anthrōpos ouk akouōn“. kalē gar hē pros tous asebeis logous kōphōsis, epan apoginōskōmen tēn tōn ta cheirona legontōn epanorthōsin.
We may expect also some prophet of impiety, perhaps not one but several, who will speak to us as the Lord's “word, which” the Lord “did not command,” or as a word of wisdom what is foreign to wisdom, in order to kill us by the word of his mouth. But then too, when the sinner stands against us, let us say: “But I, like a deaf man, did not hear, and like a dumb man who does not open his mouth; and I became like a man who does not hear.” For deafness to impious words is good, when we despair of correcting those who speak the worse things.
Chapter 9
9Koetschau 1:9–10
Χρήσιμον δὲ ἡμᾶς ἐννοεῖν ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς τῶν ἐπὶ τὰ ἐναντία προκαλουμένων, τί διδάξαι βουλόμενος ὁ θεός φησι τό· „ἐγώ εἰμι κύριος ὁ θεός σου ζηλωτής.“ καὶ οἶμαί γε ὅτι ὃν τρόπον νυμφίος ἐπιστρέφων τὴν νύμφην πρὸς τὸ σεμνῶς βιοῦν συνάγουσαν μὲν πᾶσαν ἑαυτὴν πρὸς τὸν νυμφίον παντὶ δὲ τρόπῳ φυλαττομένην ἐκχεῖσθαι πρὸς ἕτερόν τινα παρὰ τὸν νυμφίον, κἂν σοφὸς ᾖ, ἐμφαίνοι ἂν ζῆλον ὡς φαρμάκῳ τῇ τοιαύτῃ ἐμφάσει πρὸς τὴν νύμφην χρώμενος· οὕτως ὁ χρηματίζων, καὶ μάλιστα ἐὰν φαίνηται „ὁ πρωτότοκος εἶναι πάσης κτίσεως“, φησὶ πρὸς τὴν νύμφην ψυχὴν θεὸς εἶναι ζηλωτὴς, πάσης τῆς πρὸς τὰ δαιμόνια πορνείας καὶ τοὺς νομιζομένους εἶναι θεοὺς ἀφιστὰς τοὺς ἀκροωμένους· καὶ ὡς θεός γε οὕτω ζηλωτής φησι περὶ τῶν ὅπως ποτὲ ὀπίσω θεῶν ἑτέρων ἐκπεπορνευκότων· „αὐτοὶ παρεζήλωσάν με ἐπʼ οὐ θεῷ, παρώργισάν με ἐν τοῖς εἰδώλοις αὐτῶν· κἀγὼ παραζηλώσω αὐτοὺς ἐπʼ οὐκ ἔθνει, ἐπὶ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ παροργιῶ αὐτούς· ὅτι πῦρ ἐκκέκαυται ἐκ τοῦ θυμοῦ μου, καυθήσεται ἕως ᾅδου κατωτάτου.“
Chrēsimon de hēmas ennoein en tois kairois tōn epi ta enantia prokaloumenōn, ti didaxai boulomenos ho theos phēsi to; „egō eimi kyrios ho theos sou zēlōtēs.“ kai oimai ge hoti hon tropon nymphios epistrephōn tēn nymphēn pros to semnōs bioun synagousan men pasan heautēn pros ton nymphion panti de tropǭ phylattomenēn ekcheisthai pros heteron tina para ton nymphion, kan sophos ę̄, emphainoi an zēlon hōs pharmakǭ tę̄ toiautę̄ emphasei pros tēn nymphēn chrōmenos; houtōs ho chrēmatizōn, kai malista ean phainētai „ho prōtotokos einai pasēs ktiseōs“, phēsi pros tēn nymphēn psychēn theos einai zēlōtēs, pasēs tēs pros ta daimonia porneias kai tous nomizomenous einai theous aphistas tous akroōmenous; kai hōs theos ge houtō zēlōtēs phēsi peri tōn hopōs pote opisō theōn heterōn ekpeporneukotōn; „autoi parezēlōsan me epʼ ou theǭ, parōrgisan me en tois eidōlois autōn; kagō parazēlōsō autous epʼ ouk ethnei, epi ethnei asynetǭ parorgiō autous; hoti pyr ekkekautai ek tou thymou mou, kauthēsetai heōs hądou katōtatou.“
It is useful for us, in times when people call us to the contrary course, to consider what God wishes to teach when he says, “I am the Lord your God, a jealous God.” And I think that, just as a bridegroom who turns his bride toward living chastely, so that she gathers her whole self to her bridegroom and guards in every way against pouring herself out to anyone other than the bridegroom, would, if he were wise, show jealousy, using such a display toward the bride as a medicine; so he who speaks the oracle, especially if he appears to be “the firstborn of all creation,” says to the bride, the soul, that he is a jealous God, drawing his hearers away from all fornication with demons and with those who are thought to be gods. And as a God who is jealous in this way, he says of those who have in any way gone whoring after other gods: “They provoked me to jealousy with what is no god, they angered me with their idols; and I will provoke them to jealousy with what is no nation, with a foolish nation I will anger them; for a fire has been kindled from my wrath, it will burn to the lowest Hades.”
Chapter 10
10Koetschau 1:10–11
Κἂν μὴ διʼ ἑαυτὸν δὲ ὡς σοφὸς ὁ νυμφίος καὶ ἀπαθὴς ἀποστρέφῃ παντὸς μολυσμοῦ τὴν μεμνηστευμένην, ἀλλά γε διʼ ἐκείνην ὁρῶν αὐτῆς τὸν μολυσμὸν καὶ τὸν βδελυγμὸν πάντα τὰ ἰάσασθαι καὶ ἐπιστρέψαι αὐτὴν δυνάμενα ποιήσει, ὡς αὐτεξουσίῳ φύσει προσάγων λόγους ἀποτρεπτικοὺς τοῦ πορνεύειν. ποῖον ἂν οὖν μιασμὸν νοήσαις χείρονα γίνεσθαι ψυχῇ, ὅπως ποτὲ ἄλλον ἀγορευούσῃ θεὸν καὶ μὴ ὁμολογούσῃ τὸν ἀληθῶς ἕνα καὶ μόνον κύριον; καὶ οἶμαί γε ὅτι, ὥσπερ „ὁ κολλώμενος τῇ πόρνῃ ἓν σῶμά ἐστιν“, οὕτως ὁ μὲν ὁμολογῶν τινα καὶ μάλιστα ἐν καιρῷ βασάνου καὶ ἐξετάσεως τῆς πίστεως ἀνακιρνᾶται καὶ ἑνοῦται τῷ ὁμολογουμένῳ· ὁ δὲ ἀρνούμενος ὑπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀρνήσεως τρόπον μαχαίρας διακοπτούσης ἀπʼ ἐκείνου, ὃν ἀρνεῖται, πάσχει τὴν διαίρεσιν χωριζόμενος ἐκείνου, ὃν ἠρνήσατο. διόπερ ἐπίστησον, μή ποτε ὡς ἀκόλουθον καὶ ἀναγκαῖον συμβῆναι τῷ ὁμολογοῦντι τὸ ὁμολογηθῆναι καὶ τῷ ἀρνουμένῳ τὸ ἀρνηθῆναι εἴρηται τό· „ὃς ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κἀγὼ ὁμολογήσω ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς“. καὶ εἴποι δʼ ἂν ὁ αὐτολόγος καὶ ἡ αὐτοαλήθεια τῷ τε ὁμολογήσαντι καὶ τῷ ἀρνησαμένῳ· „ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν“. σὺ μὲν οὖν ὁ μετρήσας μέτρῳ τῆς πρός με ὁμολογίας καὶ πληρώσας τὸ μέτρον τῆς ὁμολογίας ἀπολήψῃ μέτρον τῆς ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ ὁμολογίας „σεσαλευμένον πεπιεσμένον ὑπερεκχυνόμενον“, ὅπερ δοθήσεται „εἰς τὸν κόλπον“ σου· καὶ σὺ δὲ ὁ μετρήσας τῷ τῆς ἀρνήσεως μέτρῳ καὶ ἀρνησάμενός με τὸ ἀνάλογον τῷ μέτρῳ τῆς ἀρνήσεως ἀπολήψῃ μέτρον τῆς ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ περὶ σοῦ ἀρνήσεως.
Kan mē diʼ heauton de hōs sophos ho nymphios kai apathēs apostrephę̄ pantos molysmou tēn memnēsteumenēn, alla ge diʼ ekeinēn horōn autēs ton molysmon kai ton bdelygmon panta ta iasasthai kai epistrepsai autēn dynamena poiēsei, hōs autexousiǭ physei prosagōn logous apotreptikous tou porneuein. poion an oun miasmon noēsais cheirona ginesthai psychę̄, hopōs pote allon agoreuousę̄ theon kai mē homologousę̄ ton alēthōs hena kai monon kyrion? kai oimai ge hoti, hōsper „ho kollōmenos tę̄ pornę̄ hen sōma estin“, houtōs ho men homologōn tina kai malista en kairǭ basanou kai exetaseōs tēs pisteōs anakirnatai kai henoutai tǭ homologoumenǭ; ho de arnoumenos hypʼ autēs tēs arnēseōs tropon machairas diakoptousēs apʼ ekeinou, hon arneitai, paschei tēn diairesin chōrizomenos ekeinou, hon ērnēsato. dioper epistēson, mē pote hōs akolouthon kai anankaion symbēnai tǭ homologounti to homologēthēnai kai tǭ arnoumenǭ to arnēthēnai eirētai to; „hos ean homologēsę̄ en emoi emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, kagō homologēsō en autǭ emprosthen tou patros mou tou en ouranois“. kai eipoi dʼ an ho autologos kai hē autoalētheia tǭ te homologēsanti kai tǭ arnēsamenǭ; „hǭ metrǭ metreite antimetrēthēsetai hymin“. sy men oun ho metrēsas metrǭ tēs pros me homologias kai plērōsas to metron tēs homologias apolēpsę̄ metron tēs apʼ emou homologias „sesaleumenon pepiesmenon hyperekchynomenon“, hoper dothēsetai „eis ton kolpon“ sou; kai sy de ho metrēsas tǭ tēs arnēseōs metrǭ kai arnēsamenos me to analogon tǭ metrǭ tēs arnēseōs apolēpsę̄ metron tēs apʼ emou peri sou arnēseōs.
And even if the bridegroom, being wise and free from passion, does not turn his betrothed away from every defilement for his own sake, yet for her sake, seeing her defilement and abomination, he will do everything that can heal her and turn her back, offering to a nature that has free will words that turn it from fornication. What defilement, then, could you conceive worse for a soul than to proclaim in any way another god and not to confess the one who is truly the one and only Lord? And I think that, just as “he who is joined to a prostitute is one body,” so the one who confesses someone, especially in a time of torture and of the testing of faith, is blended and united with the one confessed; but the one who denies, cut off by the denial itself as by a sword from him whom he denies, suffers division, being separated from him whom he has denied. Therefore consider whether it was not as a consequence that necessarily follows, that the one who confesses is confessed and the one who denies is denied, that it was said: “Whoever confesses in me before men, I also will confess in him before my Father in heaven.” And the very Word and the very Truth might say to the one who has confessed and to the one who has denied: “With the measure you measure it will be measured back to you.” “You, then, who measured with the measure of confession toward me and filled up the measure of confession, will receive a measure of confession from me ‘pressed down, shaken together, running over,’ which will be given ‘into your lap’; and you who measured with the measure of denial and denied me will receive, in proportion to the measure of your denial, a measure of denial from me concerning you.”
Chapter 11
11Koetschau 1:11
Πῶς δὲ πληροῦται μέτρον ὁμολογίας ἢ οὐ πληροῦται ἀλλʼ ἐλλείπει, οὕτως ἂν θεωρήσαιμεν. εἰ παρʼ ὅλον τὸν τῆς ἐξετάσεως καὶ τοῦ πειρασμοῦ χρόνον μὴ διδοίημεν τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν, μολύνειν ἡμᾶς διαλογισμοῖς πονηροῖς θέλοντι ἀρνήσεως ἢ διψυχίας ἤ τινος πιθανότητος προκαλουμένης ἐπὶ τὰ ἐχθρὰ τῷ μαρτυρίῳ καὶ τῇ τελειότητι, καὶ πρὸς τούτῳ εἰ μηδὲ λόγῳ ἀλλοτρίῳ τῆς ὁμολογίας ἑαυτοὺς μιαίνοιμεν καὶ εἰ πάντα φέροιμεν τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐναντίων ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ χλεύην καὶ γέλωτα καὶ δυσφημίαν καὶ ἔλεον, ὃν δοκοῦσιν ἡμᾶς ἐλεεῖν, πεπλανημένους καὶ μωροὺς ὑπολαμβάνοντες εἶναι καὶ ἐσφαλμένους ἀποκαλοῦντες, ἔτι δὲ εἰ μὴ περιελκοίμεθα περισπώμενοι καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς περὶ τὰ τέκνα ἢ τὴν τούτων μητέρα ἤ τινα τῶν νομιζομένων εἶναι ἐν τῷ βίῳ φιλτάτων φιλοστοργίας πρὸς τὴν κτῆσιν ἢ πρὸς τὸ ζῆν τοῦτο, ἀλλʼ ὅλα ταῦτα ἀποστραφέντες ὅλοι γενοίμεθα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῆς μετʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ παρʼ αὐτῷ ζωῆς ὡς κοινωνήσοντες τῷ μονογενεῖ αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῖς μετόχοις αὐτοῦ, τότʼ ἂν εἴποιμεν ὅτι ἐπληρώσαμεν τὸ μέτρον τῆς ὁμολογίας· εἰ δὲ κἂν ἑνί τινι λείποιμεν, οὐκ ἐπληρώσαμεν ἀλλʼ ἐμολύναμεν τὸ τῆς ὁμολογίας μέτρον καὶ ἐπεμίξαμέν τι αὐτῷ ἀλλότριον. διὸ δεησόμεθα ὧν δέονται οἱ ἐποικοδομήσαντες τῷ θεμελίῳ „ξύλα“ ἢ „χόρτον“ ἢ „καλάμην“.
Pōs de plēroutai metron homologias ē ou plēroutai allʼ elleipei, houtōs an theōrēsaimen. ei parʼ holon ton tēs exetaseōs kai tou peirasmou chronon mē didoiēmen topon tǭ diabolǭ en tais kardiais hēmōn, molynein hēmas dialogismois ponērois thelonti arnēseōs ē dipsychias ē tinos pithanotētos prokaloumenēs epi ta echthra tǭ martyriǭ kai tę̄ teleiotēti, kai pros toutǭ ei mēde logǭ allotriǭ tēs homologias heautous miainoimen kai ei panta pheroimen ton apo tōn enantiōn oneidismon kai chleuēn kai gelōta kai dysphēmian kai eleon, hon dokousin hēmas eleein, peplanēmenous kai mōrous hypolambanontes einai kai esphalmenous apokalountes, eti de ei mē perielkoimetha perispōmenoi kai hypo tēs peri ta tekna ē tēn toutōn mētera ē tina tōn nomizomenōn einai en tǭ biǭ philtatōn philostorgias pros tēn ktēsin ē pros to zēn touto, allʼ hola tauta apostraphentes holoi genoimetha tou theou kai tēs metʼ autou kai parʼ autǭ zōēs hōs koinōnēsontes tǭ monogenei autou kai tois metochois autou, totʼ an eipoimen hoti eplērōsamen to metron tēs homologias; ei de kan heni tini leipoimen, ouk eplērōsamen allʼ emolynamen to tēs homologias metron kai epemixamen ti autǭ allotrion. dio deēsometha hōn deontai hoi epoikodomēsantes tǭ themeliǭ „xyla“ ē „chorton“ ē „kalamēn“.
How the measure of confession is filled, or is not filled but falls short, we might consider as follows. If throughout the whole time of examination and temptation we give no place to the devil in our hearts, when he wishes to defile us with evil thoughts of denial or of double-mindedness or of some plausible argument calling us toward what is hostile to martyrdom and perfection; and besides, if we do not defile ourselves with any word foreign to confession; and if we bear all the reproach from our opponents, the mockery, laughter, slander, and the pity with which they seem to pity us, supposing us to be deluded and foolish and calling us misguided; and further, if we are not dragged about and distracted by affection for our children or their mother or any of those thought to be dearest in life, toward possessions or toward this life, but turning away from all these become wholly God's and devoted to life with him and in his presence, as those who will share with his only-begotten Son and those who partake of him: then we could say that we have filled up the measure of confession. But if we fall short in even one thing, we have not filled it but have defiled the measure of confession and mixed into it something foreign. Therefore we shall need what those need who have built on the foundation “wood” or “hay” or “straw.”
Chapter 12
12Koetschau 1:11–13
Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἡμᾶς εἰδέναι χρὴ, ὅτι τὰς καλουμένας τοῦ θεοῦ διαθήκας ἐπὶ συνθήκαις παρεδεξάμεθα αἷς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐποιησάμεθα ἀναδεχόμενοι τὸ κατὰ χριστιανισμὸν βιοῦν. καὶ ἐν ταῖς πρὸς θεὸν συνθήκαις ἡμῶν ἦν πᾶσα ἡ κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον πολιτεία, λέγον· „εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν, ἀρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι. ὃς γὰρ ἂν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν· ὃς δʼ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, οὗτος σώσει αὐτήν.“ πολλάκις δὲ ἐμπνουστότεροι γεγόναμεν ἀκούοντες καὶ τοῦ· „τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ; ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ; μέλλει γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ, καὶ τότε ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ.“ τὸ δὲ δεῖν ἀρνεῖσθαι ἑαυτὸν καὶ αἴρειν τὸν ἑαυτοῦ σταυρὸν καὶ τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἀκολουθεῖν οὐ μόνος Ματθαῖος, οὗ τὴν λέξιν παρεθέμεθα, ἀνέγραψεν ἀλλὰ καὶ Λουκᾶς καὶ Μάρκος. ἄκουε γὰρ Λουκᾶ μὲν λέγοντος· „ἔλεγε δὲ πρὸς πάντας· εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεσθαι, ἀρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι. ὅς γὰρ ἂν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν· ὃς δʼ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, οὗτος σώσει αὐτήν. τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς;“ Μάρκου δέ· „καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν ὄχλον σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν, ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι. ὃς γὰρ ἂν θέλῃ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν· ὃς δʼ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ ἕνεκεν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, σώσει αὐτήν. τί δὲ ὠφελήσει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῇ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ; τί γὰρ δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ;“ πάλαι τοίνυν ὀφείλομεν ἀρνεῖσθαι ἑαυτοὺς καὶ λέγειν· „ζῶ οὐκέτι ἐγώ·“ καὶ νῦν δὲ φανήτω, εἰ ἄραντες ἑαυτῶν τὸν σταυρὸν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἠκολουθήσαμεν· ὅπερ γέγονεν, εἰ „ζῇ“ ἐν ἡμῖν „Χριστός“. εἰ θέλομεν ἡμῶν σῶσαι τὴν ψυχὴν, ἵνα αὐτὴν ἀπολάβωμεν κρείττονα ψυχῆς, καὶ μαρτυρίῳ ἀπολέσωμεν αὐτήν. ἐὰν γὰρ ἀπολέσωμεν αὐτὴν ἕνεκεν Χριστοῦ αὐτῷ ἐπιῤῥιπτοῦντες αὐτὴν ἐν τῷ διʼ αὐτὸν θανάτῳ, τὴν ἀληθῆ σωτηρίαν περιποιήσομεν αὐτῇ· ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἐναντίον, ἀκούσομεν ὅτι οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖται ὁ τὸν ὅλον κερδήσας αἰσθητὸν κόσμον διὰ τῆς ἰδίας ἀπωλείας ἢ διὰ τοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐζημιῶσθαι. ἅπαξ δὲ ἀπολέσας τις τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἢ ζημιωθεὶς αὐτὴν, κἂν τὸν ὅλον κερδήσῃ κόσμον, οὐ δυνήσεται αὐτὸν δοῦναι „ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς“ ἀπολλυμένης „ψυχῆς“. ἡ γὰρ „κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ“ δεδημιουργημένη τιμιωτέρα ἐστὶ πάντων σωμάτων. εἷς μόνος δεδύνηται δοῦναι ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ἀπολλυμένης πρότερον ψυχῆς ἡμῶν, ὁ ὠνησάμενος ἡμᾶς τῷ ἑαυτοῦ „τιμίῳ αἵματι“.
Kai touto de hēmas eidenai chrē, hoti tas kaloumenas tou theou diathēkas epi synthēkais paredexametha hais pros auton epoiēsametha anadechomenoi to kata christianismon bioun. kai en tais pros theon synthēkais hēmōn ēn pasa hē kata to euangelion politeia, legon; „ei tis thelei opisō mou elthein, arnēsasthō heauton kai aratō ton stauron autou, kai akoloutheitō moi. hos gar an thelę̄ tēn psychēn autou sōsai, apolesei autēn; hos dʼ an apolesę̄ tēn psychēn autou heneken emou, houtos sōsei autēn.“ pollakis de empnoustoteroi gegonamen akouontes kai tou; „ti gar ōphelēthēsetai anthrōpos, ean ton kosmon holon kerdēsę̄, tēn de psychēn autou zēmiōthę̄? ē ti dōsei anthrōpos antallagma tēs psychēs autou? mellei gar ho huios tou anthrōpou erchesthai en tę̄ doxę̄ tou patros autou meta tōn angelōn autou, kai tote apodōsei hekastǭ kata tēn praxin autou.“ to de dein arneisthai heauton kai airein ton heautou stauron kai tǭ Iēsou akolouthein ou monos Matthaios, hou tēn lexin parethemetha, anegrapsen alla kai Loukas kai Markos. akoue gar Louka men legontos; „elege de pros pantas; ei tis thelei opisō mou erchesthai, arnēsasthō heauton kai aratō ton stauron autou kai akoloutheitō moi. hos gar an thelę̄ tēn psychēn autou sōsai, apolesei autēn; hos dʼ an apolesę̄ tēn psychēn autou heneken emou, houtos sōsei autēn. ti gar ōpheleitai anthrōpos kerdēsas ton kosmon holon, heauton de apolesas ē zēmiōtheis?“ Markou de; „kai proskalesamenos ton ochlon syn tois mathētais autou eipen autois; ei tis thelei opisō mou akolouthein, aparnēsasthō heauton kai aratō ton stauron autou kai akoloutheitō moi. hos gar an thelę̄ tēn heautou psychēn sōsai, apolesei autēn; hos dʼ an apolesę̄ heneken tou euangeliou, sōsei autēn. ti de ōphelēsei ton anthrōpon, ean kerdēsę̄ ton kosmon holon kai zēmiōthę̄ tēn psychēn autou? ti gar dōsei anthrōpos antallagma tēs psychēs autou?“ palai toinyn opheilomen arneisthai heautous kai legein; „zō ouketi egō;“ kai nyn de phanētō, ei arantes heautōn ton stauron tǭ Iēsou ēkolouthēsamen; hoper gegonen, ei „zę̄“ en hēmin „Christos“. ei thelomen hēmōn sōsai tēn psychēn, hina autēn apolabōmen kreittona psychēs, kai martyriǭ apolesōmen autēn. ean gar apolesōmen autēn heneken Christou autǭ epirrhiptountes autēn en tǭ diʼ auton thanatǭ, tēn alēthē sōtērian peripoiēsomen autę̄; ean de to enantion, akousomen hoti ouden ōpheleitai ho ton holon kerdēsas aisthēton kosmon dia tēs idias apōleias ē dia tou heauton ezēmiōsthai. hapax de apolesas tis tēn heautou psychēn ē zēmiōtheis autēn, kan ton holon kerdēsę̄ kosmon, ou dynēsetai auton dounai „antallagma tēs“ apollymenēs „psychēs“. hē gar „katʼ eikona theou“ dedēmiourgēmenē timiōtera esti pantōn sōmatōn. heis monos dedynētai dounai antallagma tēs apollymenēs proteron psychēs hēmōn, ho ōnēsamenos hēmas tǭ heautou „timiǭ haimati“.
And this too we must know: that we received what are called God's covenants on the terms which we made with him when we undertook to live the Christian life. And in our agreements with God was the whole way of life according to the gospel, which says: “If anyone wishes to come after me, let him deny himself and take up his cross and follow me. For whoever wishes to save his life will lose it; but whoever loses his life for my sake will save it.” And we have often been more inspired on hearing also this: “For what will a man profit, if he gains the whole world but forfeits his life? Or what will a man give in exchange for his life? For the Son of Man is to come in the glory of his Father with his angels, and then he will repay each according to his deeds.” That one must deny oneself and take up one's cross and follow Jesus was recorded not only by Matthew, whose wording we have set out, but also by Luke and Mark. For hear Luke saying: “And he said to all, If anyone wishes to come after me, let him deny himself and take up his cross and follow me. For whoever wishes to save his life will lose it; but whoever loses his life for my sake, he will save it. For what does a man profit if he gains the whole world, but loses or forfeits himself?” And Mark: “And calling the crowd to him with his disciples, he said to them, If anyone wishes to follow after me, let him deny himself and take up his cross and follow me. For whoever wishes to save his own life will lose it; but whoever loses it for the sake of the gospel will save it. For what will it profit a man if he gains the whole world and forfeits his life? For what will a man give in exchange for his life?” Long ago, then, we ought to have denied ourselves and said, “It is no longer I who live”; and now let it be seen whether we have taken up our cross and followed Jesus, which has happened if “Christ lives” in us. If we wish to save our soul, so as to receive it back better than a soul, let us also lose it by martyrdom. For if we lose it for Christ's sake, casting it upon him in death for him, we shall gain true salvation for it; but if the opposite, we shall hear that one who has gained the whole world of the senses profits nothing through his own destruction or through having forfeited himself. And once a man has lost his own soul or forfeited it, even if he gains the whole world, he will not be able to give it “in exchange for the” lost “soul.” For the soul created “in the image of God” is more precious than all bodies. One alone has been able to give an exchange for our soul that was formerly lost: he who bought us with his own “precious blood.”
Chapter 13
13Koetschau 1:13–14
Καὶ κατά τινας δὲ βαθυτέρους λόγους φησὶν Ἡσαΐας· „ἔδωκά σου ἄλλαγμα Αἴγυπτον καὶ Αἰθιοπίαν καὶ Συήνην ὑπὲρ σοῦ· ἀφʼ οὗ σὺ ἔντιμος ἐγενήθης ἐναντίον ἐμοῦ“. τὸν δὲ περὶ τούτου καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀκριβῆ λόγον ἐὰν φιλομαθοῦντες ἐν Χριστῷ καὶ ἤδη ποτὲ τὸ „διʼ ἐσόπτρου“ καὶ „ἐν αἰνίγματι“ μανθάνειν ὑπερβαίνειν θέλοντες σπεύδητε πρὸς τὸν καλέσαντα, ὅσον οὐδέπω „πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον“ εἴσεσθε ὡς φίλοι τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς πατρὸς καὶ διδασκάλου. οἱ γὰρ φίλοι ἐν εἴδει καὶ οὐ διʼ αἰνιγμάτων μανθάνουσιν ἢ γυμνῇ σοφίᾳ φωνῶν καὶ λέξεων καὶ συμβόλων καὶ τύπων, προσβάλλοντες τῇ τῶν νοητῶν φύσει καὶ τῷ τῆς ἀληθείας κάλλει. εἴπερ πιστεύετε ὅτι Παῦλος ἡρπάγη „εἰς τρίτον οὐρανὸν“ καὶ „ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν παράδεισον καὶ ἤκουσεν ἄῤῥητα ῥήματα, ἃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἀνθρώπῳ λαλῆσαι“, ἀκολούθως εἴσεσθε ὅτι τῶν τότε Παύλῳ ἀποκαλυφθέντων ῥημάτων ἀῤῥήτων, μεθʼ ἃ καταβέβηκεν ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίτου οὐρανοῦ, πλείονα καὶ μείζονα εὐθέως γνώσεσθε, μετὰ τὴν γνῶσιν οὐ καταβησόμενοι, ἐὰν αἴροντες τὸν σταυρὸν ὀπίσω τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἀκολουθῆτε, ὃν ἔχομεν „ἀρχιερέα μέγαν διεληλυθότα τοὺς οὐρανούς.“ καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐκ ἀφιστάμενοι τῶν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ διελεύσεσθε τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, οὐ μόνον γῆν καὶ τὰ περὶ γῆς μυστήρια ὑπερβαίνοντες ἀλλὰ καὶ οὐρανοὺς καὶ τὰ περὶ αὐτῶν. ἔστι γὰρ ἐν τῷ θεῷ ἐναποτεθησαυρισμένα πολλῷ μείζονα τούτων θεάματα, ἅτινα οὐδεμία φύσις τῶν ἐν σώματι μὴ πρότερον ἀπαλλαγεῖσα παντὸς σώματος χωρῆσαι δύναται. πέπεισμαι γὰρ ὅτι ὧν εἶδεν ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη καὶ ὁ τῶν ἀστέρων χορὸς ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀγγέλων ἁγίων, οὓς ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς „πνεῦμα“ καὶ „πυρὸς φλόγα“, πολλῷ μείζονα ταμιεύεται καὶ τηρεῖ παρʼ ἑαυτῷ ὁ θεὸς, ἵνα αὐτὰ φανερώσῃ, ὅταν πᾶσα „ἡ κτίσις“ ἐλευθερωθῇ „ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τοῦ ἐχθροῦ εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ θεοῦ“.
Kai kata tinas de bathyterous logous phēsin Hēsaïas; „edōka sou allagma Aigypton kai Aithiopian kai Syēnēn hyper sou; aphʼ hou sy entimos egenēthēs enantion emou“. ton de peri toutou kai tōn loipōn akribē logon ean philomathountes en Christǭ kai ēdē pote to „diʼ esoptrou“ kai „en ainigmati“ manthanein hyperbainein thelontes speudēte pros ton kalesanta, hoson oudepō „prosōpon pros prosōpon“ eisesthe hōs philoi tou en ouranois patros kai didaskalou. hoi gar philoi en eidei kai ou diʼ ainigmatōn manthanousin ē gymnę̄ sophią phōnōn kai lexeōn kai symbolōn kai typōn, prosballontes tę̄ tōn noētōn physei kai tǭ tēs alētheias kallei. eiper pisteuete hoti Paulos hērpagē „eis triton ouranon“ kai „hērpagē eis ton paradeison kai ēkousen arrhēta rhēmata, ha ouk exon anthrōpǭ lalēsai“, akolouthōs eisesthe hoti tōn tote Paulǭ apokalyphthentōn rhēmatōn arrhētōn, methʼ ha katabebēken apo tou tritou ouranou, pleiona kai meizona eutheōs gnōsesthe, meta tēn gnōsin ou katabēsomenoi, ean airontes ton stauron opisō tou Iēsou akolouthēte, hon echomen „archierea megan dielēlythota tous ouranous.“ kai autoi ouk aphistamenoi tōn opisō autou dieleusesthe tous ouranous, ou monon gēn kai ta peri gēs mystēria hyperbainontes alla kai ouranous kai ta peri autōn. esti gar en tǭ theǭ enapotethēsaurismena pollǭ meizona toutōn theamata, hatina oudemia physis tōn en sōmati mē proteron apallageisa pantos sōmatos chōrēsai dynatai. pepeismai gar hoti hōn eiden hēlios kai selēnē kai ho tōn asterōn choros alla kai angelōn hagiōn, hous epoiēsen ho theos „pneuma“ kai „pyros phloga“, pollǭ meizona tamieuetai kai tērei parʼ heautǭ ho theos, hina auta phanerōsę̄, hotan pasa „hē ktisis“ eleutherōthę̄ „apo tēs douleias tou echthrou eis tēn eleutherian tēs doxēs tōn teknōn tou theou“.
And according to certain deeper meanings Isaiah says: “I have given Egypt and Ethiopia and Syene as an exchange for you, in your place; since you became precious in my sight.” But if, loving learning in Christ and wishing at last to pass beyond learning “through a mirror” and “in a riddle,” you hasten to him who called you, you will very soon know the exact account of this and of the rest “face to face,” as friends of the Father and Teacher in heaven. For friends learn by sight and not through riddles, or by wisdom stripped of sounds, words, symbols, and types, coming into contact with the nature of intelligible things and the beauty of truth. If you believe that Paul was caught up “to the third heaven” and “was caught up into paradise and heard inexpressible words, which it is not permitted for a man to speak,” you will know as a consequence that you will at once know more and greater things than the inexpressible words then revealed to Paul, after which he came down from the third heaven; and after that knowledge you will not come down, if, taking up the cross, you follow Jesus, whom we have as “a great high priest who has passed through the heavens.” And you yourselves, not falling away from those who follow him, will pass through the heavens, passing beyond not only earth and the mysteries of earth but also the heavens and what concerns them. For there are stored up in God sights far greater than these, which no nature in a body can contain unless it has first been freed from every body. For I am persuaded that God reserves and keeps with himself things far greater than those which the sun and moon and the chorus of stars have seen, and even the holy angels, whom God made “spirit” and “a flame of fire,” so that he may reveal them when the whole “creation” is set free “from the bondage of the enemy into the freedom of the glory of the children of God.”
Chapter 14
14Koetschau 1:14–15
Καὶ ἐπέκεινα οὖν τις προμαρτύρων πλεῖόν τι παρὰ πολλοὺς μάρτυρας ἐχόντων τὸ ἐν Χριστῷ φιλομαθὲς τάχιον ἀναβήσεται. σοὶ δὲ, ἱερὲ Ἀμβρόσιε, ἐνιδόντι ἐξητασμένως εὐαγγελικῇ φωνῇ πάρεστιν ἰδεῖν, ὡς ἄρα τάχα ἢ οὐδεὶς τῶν πώποτε ἢ πάνυ ὀλίγοι χύσεως μακαρισμοῦ ἐπιτεύξονται ἐξαιρέτου τινὸς καὶ πλείονος· ἐν ὁποίῳ ἔσῃ καὶ σὺ, εἰ τὸν ἀγῶνα ἀδιστάκτως διανήξαιο. τὰ δὲ ῥήματα οὕτως ἔχει· ὁ Πέτρος εἶπέ ποτε τῷ σωτῆρι· „ἰδοὺ ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι· τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν; ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς“ (δηλονότι τοῖς ἀποστόλοις)· „ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ὑμεῖς οἱ ἀκολουθήσαντές μοι ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ, ὅταν καθίσῃ ὁ θεὸς ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ, καθήσεσθε καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐπὶ θρόνους δώδεκα κρίνοντες τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. καὶ πᾶς ὅστις ἀφῆκεν ἀδελφοὺς ἢ ἀδελφὰς ἢ γονεῖς ἢ τέκνα ἢ ἀγροὺς ἢ οἰκίας ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός μου, πολλαπλασίονα λήψεται καὶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει“. τούτων δὲ ἕνεκεν τῶν ῥητῶν ηὐξάμην ἂν τοσαῦτα κτησάμενος ἐπὶ γῆς, ὁπόσα ἔχεις, ἢ καὶ τούτων πλείονα γενέσθαι μάρτυς ἐν Χριστῷ τῷ θεῷ, ἵνα „πολλαπλασίονα“ λάβω ἢ, ὡς ὁ Μάρκος φησὶν, „ἑκατονταπλασίονα·“ ἃ πολλῷ πλείονά ἐστιν ὀλίγων, ὁποῖα καταλείψομεν, ἐὰν ἐπὶ μαρτύριον κληθῶμεν, ἑκατονταπλασιαζομένων. τούτου δὲ ἕνεκεν εἰ μαρτυρῶ, ἐβουλόμην καὶ τέκνα καταλιπεῖν μετὰ ἀγρῶν καὶ οἰκιῶν, ἵνα καὶ παρὰ τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρὶ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, „ἐξ οὗ πᾶσα πατριὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ὀνομάζεται“, πολλαπλασιόνων καὶ ἁγιωτέρων τέκνων χρηματίσω πατὴρ ἢ, ἵνʼ ὡρισμένως εἴπω, ἑκατονταπλασιόνων. εἴπερ δέ εἰσι πατέρες, περὶ ὧν εἴρηται τῷ Ἀβραάμ· „σὺ δὲ ἀπελεύσῃ πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας σου μετʼ εἰρήνης τραφεὶς ἐν γήρᾳ καλῷ“, εἴποι ἄν τις (οὐκ οἶδα εἰ ἀληθεύων)· τάχα ἐκεῖνοι πατέρες εἰσὶ μαρτυρήσαντές ποτε καὶ ἀφέντες τέκνα, ἀνθʼ ὧν πατέρες γεγόνασι πατέρων τοῦ πατριάρχου Ἀβραὰμ καὶ ἄλλων τοιούτων πατριαρχῶν· εἰκὸς γὰρ τοὺς ἀφέντας τέκνα καὶ μαρτυρήσαντας οὐ νηπίων ἀλλὰ πατέρων γίνεσθαι πατέρας.
Kai epekeina oun tis promartyrōn pleion ti para pollous martyras echontōn to en Christǭ philomathes tachion anabēsetai. soi de, hiere Ambrosie, enidonti exētasmenōs euangelikę̄ phōnę̄ parestin idein, hōs ara tacha ē oudeis tōn pōpote ē pany oligoi chyseōs makarismou epiteuxontai exairetou tinos kai pleionos; en hopoiǭ esę̄ kai sy, ei ton agōna adistaktōs dianēxaio. ta de rhēmata houtōs echei; ho Petros eipe pote tǭ sōtēri; „idou hēmeis aphēkamen panta kai ēkolouthēsamen soi; ti ara estai hēmin? ho de Iēsous eipen autois“ (dēlonoti tois apostolois); „amēn legō hymin hoti hymeis hoi akolouthēsantes moi en tę̄ palingenesią, hotan kathisę̄ ho theos epi thronou doxēs autou, kathēsesthe kai autoi epi thronous dōdeka krinontes tas dōdeka phylas tou Israēl. kai pas hostis aphēken adelphous ē adelphas ē goneis ē tekna ē agrous ē oikias heneken tou onomatos mou, pollaplasiona lēpsetai kai zōēn aiōnion klēronomēsei“. toutōn de heneken tōn rhētōn ēuxamēn an tosauta ktēsamenos epi gēs, hoposa echeis, ē kai toutōn pleiona genesthai martys en Christǭ tǭ theǭ, hina „pollaplasiona“ labō ē, hōs ho Markos phēsin, „hekatontaplasiona;“ ha pollǭ pleiona estin oligōn, hopoia kataleipsomen, ean epi martyrion klēthōmen, hekatontaplasiazomenōn. toutou de heneken ei martyrō, eboulomēn kai tekna katalipein meta agrōn kai oikiōn, hina kai para tǭ theǭ kai patri tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, „ex hou pasa patria en ouranois kai epi gēs onomazetai“, pollaplasionōn kai hagiōterōn teknōn chrēmatisō patēr ē, hinʼ hōrismenōs eipō, hekatontaplasionōn. eiper de eisi pateres, peri hōn eirētai tǭ Abraam; „sy de apeleusę̄ pros tous pateras sou metʼ eirēnēs trapheis en gērą kalǭ“, eipoi an tis (ouk oida ei alētheuōn); tacha ekeinoi pateres eisi martyrēsantes pote kai aphentes tekna, anthʼ hōn pateres gegonasi paterōn tou patriarchou Abraam kai allōn toioutōn patriarchōn; eikos gar tous aphentas tekna kai martyrēsantas ou nēpiōn alla paterōn ginesthai pateras.
And so one of those who are martyrs-to-be, who has more love of learning in Christ than many martyrs, will more quickly ascend beyond these things. But you, holy Ambrose, if you look carefully at a saying of the gospel, can see that perhaps none, or very few, of all who have ever lived will attain an outpouring of blessedness so exceptional and so great; and in it you too will share, if you swim through the contest without wavering. The words are these. Peter once said to the Savior: “Behold, we have left everything and followed you; what then will there be for us? And Jesus said to them” (that is, to the apostles): “Truly I say to you that you who have followed me, in the regeneration, when God sits on the throne of his glory, you also will sit on twelve thrones judging the twelve tribes of Israel. And everyone who has left brothers or sisters or parents or children or fields or houses for the sake of my name will receive many times as much and will inherit eternal life.” Because of these sayings, had I acquired as much on earth as you have, or even more, I would have prayed to become a martyr in Christ to God, so as to receive “many times as much,” or as Mark says, “a hundredfold”; for the few things that we shall leave behind if we are called to martyrdom, multiplied a hundredfold, are far more than those few. For this reason, if I am a martyr, I should wish to leave children behind too, with fields and houses, so that with the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, “from whom every fatherhood in heaven and on earth is named,” I may be called father of children many times more numerous and more holy, or, to speak exactly, a hundred times more. And if there are fathers of whom it was said to Abraham, “But you shall go to your fathers in peace, nourished in a good old age,” someone might say (I do not know whether truly): perhaps those fathers are ones who were once martyred and left children behind, in return for which they became fathers of the fathers of the patriarch Abraham and of other such patriarchs. For it is likely that those who left children and were martyred become fathers not of infants but of fathers.
Chapter 15
15Koetschau 1:15
Ἐὰν δέ τις ὡσπερεὶ ζηλῶν χαρίσματα τὰ μείζονα καὶ μακαρίζων πλουσίους μάρτυρας καὶ πατέρας μάρτυρας „ἑκατονταπλασίονα“ γεννήσοντας τέκνα καὶ ἑκατονταπλασίονας ἀγροὺς καὶ οἰκίας ληψομένους ζητῇ, εἰ εὐλόγως ἐκεῖνοι παρὰ τοὺς ἐν βίῳ πένητας μάρτυρας πολυπλασιαζομένην ἕξουσι τὴν ἐν νοητοῖς κτῆσιν, λεκτέον πρὸς αὐτὸν ὅτι, ὥσπερ οἱ βασάνους καὶ πόνους ὑπομείναντες τῶν μὴ ἐν τούτοις ἐξητασμένων λαμπροτέραν ἐπεδείξαντο τὴν ἐν τῷ μαρτυρίῳ ἀρετὴν, οὕτως οἱ πρὸς τῷ φιλοσωματεῖν καὶ φιλοζωεῖν καὶ τοὺς τοσούτους κοσμικοὺς δεσμοὺς διακόψαντες καὶ διαῤῥήξαντες μεγάλῃ τῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀγάπῃ χρησάμενοι καὶ ἀληθῶς ἀνειληφότες τὸν ζῶντα τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον καὶ ἐνεργῆ καὶ τομώτερον „ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν δίστομον“ δεδύνηνται τοὺς τοσούτους διακόψαντες δεσμοὺς καὶ κατασκευάσαντες ἑαυτοῖς πτέρυγας ὥσπερ ἀετὸς ἐπιστρέψαι „εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ προεστηκότος“ ἑαυτῶν. ἄξιον οὖν ὥσπερ τοῖς μὴ ἐξετασθεῖσιν ἐν βασάνοις καὶ πόνοις παραχωρεῖν πρωτείων πρὸς τοὺς ἐν ἀρθρεμβόλοις καὶ ποικίλοις στρεβλωτηρίοις καὶ πυρὶ ἐνεπιδειξαμένους τὴν ὑπομονὴν, οὕτως καὶ ἡμῖν τοῖς πένησι, κἂν μαρτυρήσωμεν, ὁ λόγος ὑποβάλλει ἐξίστασθαι πρωτείων ὑμῖν τοῖς διὰ τὴν ἐν Χριστῷ πρὸς θεὸν ἀγάπην πατοῦσι τὴν ἀπατηλὴν δόξαν καὶ τῶν πολλῶν καθικνουμένην καὶ τὴν τοσαύτην κτῆσιν καὶ τὴν πρὸς τέκνα φιλοστοργίαν.
Ean de tis hōsperei zēlōn charismata ta meizona kai makarizōn plousious martyras kai pateras martyras „hekatontaplasiona“ gennēsontas tekna kai hekatontaplasionas agrous kai oikias lēpsomenous zētę̄, ei eulogōs ekeinoi para tous en biǭ penētas martyras polyplasiazomenēn hexousi tēn en noētois ktēsin, lekteon pros auton hoti, hōsper hoi basanous kai ponous hypomeinantes tōn mē en toutois exētasmenōn lamproteran epedeixanto tēn en tǭ martyriǭ aretēn, houtōs hoi pros tǭ philosōmatein kai philozōein kai tous tosoutous kosmikous desmous diakopsantes kai diarrhēxantes megalę̄ tę̄ pros ton theon agapę̄ chrēsamenoi kai alēthōs aneilēphotes ton zōnta tou theou logon kai energē kai tomōteron „hyper pasan machairan distomon“ dedynēntai tous tosoutous diakopsantes desmous kai kataskeuasantes heautois pterygas hōsper aetos epistrepsai „eis ton oikon tou proestēkotos“ heautōn. axion oun hōsper tois mē exetastheisin en basanois kai ponois parachōrein prōteiōn pros tous en arthrembolois kai poikilois streblōtēriois kai pyri enepideixamenous tēn hypomonēn, houtōs kai hēmin tois penēsi, kan martyrēsōmen, ho logos hypoballei existasthai prōteiōn hymin tois dia tēn en Christǭ pros theon agapēn patousi tēn apatēlēn doxan kai tōn pollōn kathiknoumenēn kai tēn tosautēn ktēsin kai tēn pros tekna philostorgian.
But if someone, as though earnestly desiring the greater gifts and counting blessed the martyrs who are rich and the martyrs who are fathers, who will beget children “a hundredfold” and receive fields and houses a hundredfold, should ask whether it is reasonable that they, compared with martyrs who were poor in this life, should have their possession of spiritual things multiplied, we must say to him this: just as those who endured tortures and pains displayed a more brilliant virtue in martyrdom than those not tested in these, so those who, besides love of the body and love of life, have cut through and broken so many worldly bonds, exercising great love for God and truly taking up the living and active Word of God, sharper “than any two-edged sword,” have been able, having cut through so many bonds and made themselves wings like an eagle, to return “to the house of” their master. It is right, then, that just as those who were not tested by tortures and pains should yield first place to those who showed their endurance on the rack and the various instruments of torture and in the fire, so also reason prompts us who are poor, even if we are martyred, to give up first place to you who, for the love of God in Christ, trample on the deceptive glory that captivates the many, and on so great a possession, and on affection for children.
Chapter 16
16Koetschau 1:15
Ἅμα δὲ καὶ τήρει τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς γραφῆς πολυπλασιασμὸν καὶ ἑκατονταπλασιασμὸν ὑπισχνουμένης ἀδελφῶν καὶ τέκνων καὶ γονέων καὶ ἀγρῶν καὶ οἰκιῶν· οὐ συγκατηρίθμηται δὲ τούτοις γυνή. οὐ γὰρ εἴρηται· πᾶς ὅστις ἀφῆκεν ἀδελφοὺς ἢ ἀδελφὰς ἢ γονεῖς ἢ τέκνα ἢ ἀγροὺς ἢ οἰκίας ἢ γυναῖκα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός μου, πολλαπλασίονα λήψεται· „ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἀναστάσει τῶν νεκρῶν οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίσκονται, ἀλλʼ εἰσὶν ὡς οἱ ἄγγελοι οἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς.“
Hama de kai tērei to semnon tēs graphēs polyplasiasmon kai hekatontaplasiasmon hypischnoumenēs adelphōn kai teknōn kai goneōn kai agrōn kai oikiōn; ou synkatērithmētai de toutois gynē. ou gar eirētai; pas hostis aphēken adelphous ē adelphas ē goneis ē tekna ē agrous ē oikias ē gynaika heneken tou onomatos mou, pollaplasiona lēpsetai; „en gar tę̄ anastasei tōn nekrōn oute gamousin oute gamiskontai, allʼ eisin hōs hoi angeloi hoi en tois ouranois.“
At the same time note the dignity of Scripture, which promises the multiplying, even a hundredfold, of brothers and children and parents and fields and houses; but a wife is not counted among them. For it is not said, “Everyone who has left brothers or sisters or parents or children or fields or houses or wife for the sake of my name will receive many times as much”; for “in the resurrection of the dead they neither marry nor are given in marriage, but are like the angels in heaven.”
Chapter 17
17Koetschau 1:15–16
Ὅπερ τοίνυν εἶπεν Ἰησοῦς τῷ λαῷ καθιστὰς αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὴν ἁγίαν γῆν, ταῦτα καὶ ἡμῖν ἂν λέγοι νῦν ἡ γραφή. ἔχει δὲ οὕτως ἡ λέξις· „νῦν φοβήθητε κύριον καὶ λατρεύσατε αὐτῷ ἐν εὐθύτητι καὶ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ.“ ἐρεῖ δὲ ἡμῖν ἀναπειθομένοις εἰδωλολατρεῖν καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς οὕτως ἔχοντα· „περιέλεσθε τοὺς θεοὺς τοὺς ἀλλοτρίους, οἷς ἐλάτρευσαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν ἐν τῷ πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ λατρεύετε κυρίῳ.“ κατʼ ἀρχὰς μὲν οὖν ὅτε κατηχεῖσθαι ἐμέλλετε, εὐλόγως ἂν ὑμῖν εἴρητο· „εἰ δὲ μὴ ἀρέσκει ὑμῖν λατρεύειν κυρίῳ, ἐκλέξασθε ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς σήμερον τίνι λατρεύσετε, εἴτε τοῖς θεοῖς τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν τῶν ἐν τῷ πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ εἴτε τοῖς θεοῖς τῶν Ἀμοῤῥαίων, ἐν οἷς ὑμεῖς κατοικεῖτε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.“ καὶ ἔλεγεν ἂν ὑμῖν ὁ κατηχῶν· „ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ἡ οἰκία μου λατρεύσομεν κυρίῳ, ὅτι ἅγιός ἐστιν.“ νῦν δὲ ταῦτα οὐκ ἔχει χώραν ὑμῖν λέγεσθαι· τότε γὰρ εἴπετε· „μὴ γένοιτο ἡμῖν καταλιπεῖν κύριον, ὥστε λατρεύειν θεοῖς ἑτέροις. κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν αὐτὸς θεός ἐστιν, ὃς ἀνήγαγεν ἡμᾶς καὶ τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, καὶ διεφύλαξεν ἡμᾶς ἐν πάσῃ τῇ ὁδῷ, ᾗ ἐπορεύθημεν ἐν αὐτῇ“ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ταῖς περὶ θεοσεβείας συνθήκαις πάλαι τοῖς κατηχοῦσιν ὑμᾶς ἀπεκρίθητε τόδε· „καὶ ἡμεῖς λατρεύσομεν κυρίῳ· οὗτος γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν.“ εἰ τοίνυν ὁ παραβὰς τὰς πρὸς ἀνθρώπους συνθήκας ἄσπονδός τις ἐστὶ καὶ σωτηρίας ἀλλότριος, τί λεκτέον περὶ τῶν διὰ τοῦ ἀρνεῖσθαι ἀθετούντων ἃς ἔθεντο πρὸς θεὸν συνθήκας καὶ παλινδρομούντων ἐπὶ τὸν σατανᾶν, ᾧ βαπτιζόμενοι ἀπετάξαντο; λεκτέον γὰρ πρὸς τὸ τοιοῦτον τοὺς λελαλημένους ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἠλεὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς λόγους· „ἐὰν ἁμαρτάνων ἁμαρτάνῃ ἀνὴρ εἰς ἄνδρα, καὶ προσεύξονται περὶ αὐτοῦ· ἐὰν δὲ εἰς κύριον ἁμαρτάνῃ, τίς προσεύξεται περὶ αὐτοῦ;“
Hoper toinyn eipen Iēsous tǭ laǭ kathistas autous epi tēn hagian gēn, tauta kai hēmin an legoi nyn hē graphē. echei de houtōs hē lexis; „nyn phobēthēte kyrion kai latreusate autǭ en euthytēti kai en dikaiosynę̄.“ erei de hēmin anapeithomenois eidōlolatrein kai ta hexēs houtōs echonta; „perielesthe tous theous tous allotrious, hois elatreusan hoi pateres hymōn en tǭ peran tou potamou kai en Aigyptǭ, kai latreuete kyriǭ.“ katʼ archas men oun hote katēcheisthai emellete, eulogōs an hymin eirēto; „ei de mē areskei hymin latreuein kyriǭ, eklexasthe hymin autois sēmeron tini latreusete, eite tois theois tōn paterōn hymōn tōn en tǭ peran tou potamou eite tois theois tōn Amorrhaiōn, en hois hymeis katoikeite epi tēs gēs.“ kai elegen an hymin ho katēchōn; „egō de kai hē oikia mou latreusomen kyriǭ, hoti hagios estin.“ nyn de tauta ouk echei chōran hymin legesthai; tote gar eipete; „mē genoito hēmin katalipein kyrion, hōste latreuein theois heterois. kyrios ho theos hēmōn autos theos estin, hos anēgagen hēmas kai tous pateras hēmōn ex Aigyptou, kai diephylaxen hēmas en pasę̄ tę̄ hodǭ, hę̄ eporeuthēmen en autę̄“ alla kai en tais peri theosebeias synthēkais palai tois katēchousin hymas apekrithēte tode; „kai hēmeis latreusomen kyriǭ; houtos gar ho theos hēmōn estin.“ ei toinyn ho parabas tas pros anthrōpous synthēkas aspondos tis esti kai sōtērias allotrios, ti lekteon peri tōn dia tou arneisthai athetountōn has ethento pros theon synthēkas kai palindromountōn epi ton satanan, hǭ baptizomenoi apetaxanto? lekteon gar pros to toiouton tous lelalēmenous hypo tou Ēlei tois huiois logous; „ean hamartanōn hamartanę̄ anēr eis andra, kai proseuxontai peri autou; ean de eis kyrion hamartanę̄, tis proseuxetai peri autou?“
What, then, Joshua said to the people when he settled them in the holy land, Scripture might now say to us too. The wording is this: “Now fear the Lord and serve him in uprightness and in righteousness.” And to us, when we are being persuaded to worship idols, it will say also what follows: “Put away the foreign gods, which your fathers served beyond the river and in Egypt, and serve the Lord.” At the beginning, when you were about to be instructed in the faith, it would reasonably have been said to you: “But if it does not please you to serve the Lord, choose for yourselves today whom you will serve, whether the gods of your fathers beyond the river or the gods of the Amorites, among whom you dwell in the land.” And the one instructing you would have said: “But I and my house will serve the Lord, for he is holy.” But now there is no room for these things to be said to you; for then you said, “Far be it from us to forsake the Lord to serve other gods. The Lord our God, he is God, who brought us and our fathers up out of Egypt, and kept us in all the way in which we went.” And also, in your agreements about the worship of God, you long ago answered those who instructed you: “We too will serve the Lord; for he is our God.” If, then, one who breaks agreements with men is faithless and a stranger to safety, what must be said of those who by denial set aside the agreements they made with God, and run back to Satan, whom they renounced at their baptism? For to such a person we must say the words Eli spoke to his sons: “If a man sins against a man, they will pray for him; but if he sins against the Lord, who will pray for him?”
Chapter 18
18Koetschau 1:16–18
Μέγα θέατρον συγκροτεῖται ἐφʼ ὑμῖν ἀγωνιζομένοις καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μαρτύριον καλουμένοις· ὡς εἰ τὸ τοιοῦτον ἐλέγομεν γίνεσθαι ἐπί τινων νομιζομένων παραδόξων ἀγωνιστῶν †συναγωνιζομένων ἐπὶ τὴν θέαν τοῦ ἀγῶνος μυρίων ὅσων. καὶ οὐκ ἔλαττόν γε τοῦ Παύλου ἐρεῖτε, ὅταν ἀγωνίζησθε· „θέατρον ἐγενήθημεν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις.“ ὅλος οὖν ὁ κόσμος καὶ πάντες οἱ ἄγγελοι δεξιοὶ καὶ ἀριστεροὶ καὶ πάντες ἄνθρωποι, οἵ τε ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ μερίδος καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν λοιπῶν, ἀκούσονται ἡμῶν ἀγωνιζομένων τὸν περὶ χριστιανισμοῦ ἀγῶνα. καὶ ἤτοι οἱ ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἄγγελοι ἐφʼ ἡμῖν εὐφρανθήσονται, καὶ „ποταμοὶ κροτήσουσι χειρὶ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ, καὶ τὰ ὄρη ἀγαλλιάσονται“, „καὶ πάντα τὰ ξύλα τοῦ πεδίου ἐπικροτήσει τοῖς κλάδοις·“ ἢ, ὃ μὴ εἴη, καὶ κάτω δυνάμεις αἱ ἐπιχαιρεσίκακοι εὐφρανθήσονται. οὐδὲν δὲ ἄτοπον ἰδεῖν ἐκ τῶν τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ γεγραμμένων τὰ λεχθησόμενα ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν ᾅδου τοῖς νενικημένοις καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανίου μαρτυρίου καταπεπτωκόσιν, ἵνʼ ἔτι φρίξωμεν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἀρνεῖσθαι ἀσέβειαν. λεχθήσεσθαι γὰρ οἶμαι πρὸς τὸν ἀρνησάμενον τοιαῦτα· „ὁ ᾅδης κάτωθεν ἐπικράνθη συναντήσας σοι· συνηγέρθησάν σοι πάντες οἱ γίγαντες οἱ ἄρξαντες τῆς γῆς, οἱ ἐγείραντες ἐκ τῶν θρόνων αὐτῶν πάντας βασιλεῖς ἐθνῶν. πάντες ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ ἐροῦσί σοι“. τίνα δὲ ἐροῦσιν αἱ νενικημέναι δυνάμεις τοῖς νενικημένοις καὶ οἱ ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου ἑαλωκότες τοῖς ἐν ἀρνήσει ἑαλωκόσι, τίνα οὖν ταῦτα; „καὶ σὺ ἑάλως ὥσπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς, ἐν ἡμῖν δὲ κατελογίσθης“. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ μεγάλης τις ἐλπίδος τυγχάνων καὶ ἐνδόξου τῆς ἐν θεῷ ὑπὸ δειλίας ἢ πόνων προσαγομένων ἡττηθῇ ἐν θεῷ, ἀκούσεται· „κατέβη εἰς ᾅδου ἡ δόξα σου, ἡ πολλὴ εὐφροσύνη σου· ὑποκάτω σου στρώσουσι σῆψιν, καὶ τὸ κατακάλυμμά σου σκώληξ.“ εἰ δὲ καὶ ἔλαμψέ τις ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις πολλάκις ὡς „ὁ ἑωσφόρος“ ἐπιφαινόμενος αὐταῖς λαμψάντων αὐτοῦ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων „ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων“ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τὸν μέγαν ἀγῶνα ἀγωνιζόμενος τὸν στέφανον ἀπολώλεκε τοιούτου θρόνου, ἀκούσεται· „πῶς ἐξέπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὁ ἑωσφόρος ὁ πρωῒ ἀνατέλλων; συνετρίβη ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν.“ καὶ τοῦτο δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν λεχθήσεται τῷ διαβόλῳ διὰ τῆς ἀρνήσεως ὡμοιωμένον· „ῥιφήσῃ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ὡς νεκρὸς ἐβδελυγμένος μετὰ πολλῶν τεθνηκότων ἐκκεκεντημένων μαχαίραις καταβαινόντων εἰς ᾅδου. ὅν τρόπον ἱμάτιον ἐν αἵματι πεφυρμένον οὐκ ἔσται καθαρὸν, οὕτως οὐδὲ σὺ ἔσῃ καθαρός.“ πῶς γὰρ ἔσται καθαρὸς αἵματι καὶ φόνῳ τῷ βδελυκτῷ τῆς ἀρνήσεως πταίσματι μεμιασμένος καὶ ἐμπεφυρμένος τηλικούτῳ κακῷ; νῦν δείξωμεν ὅτι ἠκούσαμεν τοῦ· „ὁ φιλῶν υἱὸν ἢ θυγατέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ οὐκ ἔστι μου ἄξιος“, πρόσχωμεν, μή ποτε κἂν δισταγμὸς περὶ τοῦ, πότερόν ποτε ἀρνητέον ἢ ὁμολογητέον, γένηται ἐν ἡμῖν· ἵνα μὴ καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὁ τοῦ Ἠλίου λεχθῇ λόγος οὕτως ἔχων· „ἕως πότε ὑμεῖς χωλανεῖτε ἐπʼ ἀμφοτέραις ταῖς ἰγνύαις; εἰ ἔστι κύριος ὁ θεὸς, πορεύεσθε ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ.“
Mega theatron synkroteitai ephʼ hymin agōnizomenois kai epi to martyrion kaloumenois; hōs ei to toiouton elegomen ginesthai epi tinōn nomizomenōn paradoxōn agōnistōn †synagōnizomenōn epi tēn thean tou agōnos myriōn hosōn. kai ouk elatton ge tou Paulou ereite, hotan agōnizēsthe; „theatron egenēthēmen tǭ kosmǭ kai angelois kai anthrōpois.“ holos oun ho kosmos kai pantes hoi angeloi dexioi kai aristeroi kai pantes anthrōpoi, hoi te apo tēs tou theou meridos kai hoi apo tōn loipōn, akousontai hēmōn agōnizomenōn ton peri christianismou agōna. kai ētoi hoi en ouranois angeloi ephʼ hēmin euphranthēsontai, kai „potamoi krotēsousi cheiri epi to auto, kai ta orē agalliasontai“, „kai panta ta xyla tou pediou epikrotēsei tois kladois;“ ē, ho mē eiē, kai katō dynameis hai epichairesikakoi euphranthēsontai. ouden de atopon idein ek tōn tǭ Hēsaïą gegrammenōn ta lechthēsomena hypo tōn en hądou tois nenikēmenois kai apo tou ouraniou martyriou katapeptōkosin, hinʼ eti phrixōmen tēn en tǭ arneisthai asebeian. lechthēsesthai gar oimai pros ton arnēsamenon toiauta; „ho hądēs katōthen epikranthē synantēsas soi; synēgerthēsan soi pantes hoi gigantes hoi arxantes tēs gēs, hoi egeirantes ek tōn thronōn autōn pantas basileis ethnōn. pantes apokrithēsontai kai erousi soi“. tina de erousin hai nenikēmenai dynameis tois nenikēmenois kai hoi hypo tou diabolou healōkotes tois en arnēsei healōkosi, tina oun tauta? „kai sy healōs hōsper kai hēmeis, en hēmin de katelogisthēs“. ean de kai megalēs tis elpidos tynchanōn kai endoxou tēs en theǭ hypo deilias ē ponōn prosagomenōn hēttēthę̄ en theǭ, akousetai; „katebē eis hądou hē doxa sou, hē pollē euphrosynē sou; hypokatō sou strōsousi sēpsin, kai to katakalymma sou skōlēx.“ ei de kai elampse tis en tais ekklēsiais pollakis hōs „ho heōsphoros“ epiphainomenos autais lampsantōn autou tōn kalōn ergōn „emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn“ kai meta tauta ton megan agōna agōnizomenos ton stephanon apolōleke toioutou thronou, akousetai; „pōs exepesen ek tou ouranou ho heōsphoros ho prōï anatellōn? synetribē epi tēn gēn.“ kai touto de pros auton lechthēsetai tǭ diabolǭ dia tēs arnēseōs hōmoiōmenon; „rhiphēsę̄ en tois oresin hōs nekros ebdelygmenos meta pollōn tethnēkotōn ekkekentēmenōn machairais katabainontōn eis hądou. hon tropon himation en haimati pephyrmenon ouk estai katharon, houtōs oude sy esę̄ katharos.“ pōs gar estai katharos haimati kai phonǭ tǭ bdelyktǭ tēs arnēseōs ptaismati memiasmenos kai empephyrmenos tēlikoutǭ kakǭ? nyn deixōmen hoti ēkousamen tou; „ho philōn huion ē thygatera hyper eme ouk esti mou axios“, proschōmen, mē pote kan distagmos peri tou, poteron pote arnēteon ē homologēteon, genētai en hēmin; hina mē kai pros hēmas ho tou Ēliou lechthę̄ logos houtōs echōn; „heōs pote hymeis chōlaneite epʼ amphoterais tais ignyais? ei esti kyrios ho theos, poreuesthe opisō autou.“
A great theater is gathered to watch you as you contend and are called to martyrdom, as if we were saying that such a thing happened in the case of some supposedly marvelous contestants, with countless thousands … to the spectacle of the contest. And when you contend, you will say no less than Paul: “We have become a spectacle to the world, both to angels and to men.” The whole world, then, and all the angels on the right and on the left, and all men, both those of God's portion and those of the others, will hear us contending in the contest for Christianity. And either the angels in heaven will rejoice over us, and “the rivers will clap their hands together, and the mountains will rejoice,” “and all the trees of the field will clap with their branches”; or, God forbid, the powers below that rejoice in evil will rejoice. And it is not out of place to see, from what is written in Isaiah, what will be said by those in Hades to those who have been defeated and have fallen from heavenly martyrdom, so that we may shudder still more at the impiety of denial. For I think that such things will be said to the one who has denied: “Hades below was embittered on meeting you; all the giants who ruled the earth were roused for you, who roused all the kings of the nations from their thrones. They will all answer and say to you.” And what will the defeated powers say to those defeated, and those captured by the devil to those captured in denial, what are these words? “You too were captured, as we were, and you have been counted among us.” And if someone who had a great and glorious hope in God is overcome, through cowardice or the pains applied to him, he will hear: “Your glory has gone down to Hades, your great joy; under you they will spread decay, and the worm will be your covering.” And if someone often shone in the churches, appearing to them like “the morning star,” as his good works shone “before men,” and afterwards, contending in the great contest, lost the crown of such a throne, he will hear: “How the morning star that rose at dawn has fallen from heaven! He has been crushed upon the earth.” And this also will be said to him, who has become like the devil through denial: “You will be cast out on the mountains like an abominable corpse, with many dead pierced by swords, going down to Hades. As a garment soaked in blood will not be clean, so neither will you be clean.” For how will he be clean who is defiled with blood and murder by the abominable fall of denial, and soaked in so great an evil? Now let us show that we have heard the saying, “He who loves son or daughter more than me is not worthy of me”; let us take care that no hesitation arise in us even as to whether we should deny or confess, so that the word of Elijah may not be said to us too, which runs: “How long will you limp on both your hams? If the Lord is God, go after him.”
Chapter 19
19Koetschau 1:18
Εἰκὸς δὲ ἡμᾶς καὶ ὀνειδισθήσεσθαι ὑπὸ γειτόνων καὶ μυκτηρισθήσεσθαι ὑπό τινων κυκλούντων ἡμᾶς καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὡς ἐπὶ ἀνοήτοις κινούντων ἡμῖν. ἀλλὰ τούτων συμβαινόντων ἡμεῖς λέγωμεν πρὸς θεόν· „ἔθου ἡμᾶς ὄνειδος τοῖς γείτοσιν ἡμῶν, μυκτηρισμὸν καὶ γέλωτα τοῖς κύκλῳ ἡμῶν. ἔθου ἡμᾶς εἰς παραβολὴν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι, κίνησιν κεφαλῆς ἐν τοῖς λαοῖς. ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἡ ἐντροπή μου κατʼ ἐναντίον μου ἐστὶ, καὶ ἡ αἰσχύνη τοῦ προσώπου μου ἐκάλυψέ με, ἀπὸ φωνῆς ὀνειδίζοντος καὶ καταλαλοῦντος, ἀπὸ προσώπου ἐχθροῦ καὶ ἐκδιώκοντος.“ μακάριον δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις πᾶσι συμβαίνουσι τὴν ἀπὸ παῤῥησίας τοῦ προφήτου ἐπιφερομένην αὐτοῖς φωνὴν εἰπεῖν τῷ θεῷ τήν· „ταῦτα πάντα ἦλθεν ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς. καὶ οὐκ ἐπελαθόμεθά σου, καὶ οὐκ ἠδικήσαμεν ἐν τῇ διαθήκῃ σου. καὶ οὐκ ἀπέστη εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν.“
Eikos de hēmas kai oneidisthēsesthai hypo geitonōn kai myktēristhēsesthai hypo tinōn kyklountōn hēmas kai tēn kephalēn hōs epi anoētois kinountōn hēmin. alla toutōn symbainontōn hēmeis legōmen pros theon; „ethou hēmas oneidos tois geitosin hēmōn, myktērismon kai gelōta tois kyklǭ hēmōn. ethou hēmas eis parabolēn en tois ethnesi, kinēsin kephalēs en tois laois. holēn tēn hēmeran hē entropē mou katʼ enantion mou esti, kai hē aischynē tou prosōpou mou ekalypse me, apo phōnēs oneidizontos kai katalalountos, apo prosōpou echthrou kai ekdiōkontos.“ makarion de kai epi toutois pasi symbainousi tēn apo parrhēsias tou prophētou epipheromenēn autois phōnēn eipein tǭ theǭ tēn; „tauta panta ēlthen ephʼ hēmas. kai ouk epelathometha sou, kai ouk ēdikēsamen en tę̄ diathēkę̄ sou. kai ouk apestē eis ta opisō hē kardia hēmōn.“
It is likely too that we shall be reproached by neighbors and sneered at by some who surround us and shake their heads at us as at fools. But when these things happen, let us say to God: “You have made us a reproach to our neighbors, a sneering and a laughingstock to those around us. You have made us a byword among the nations, a shaking of the head among the peoples. All day long my disgrace is before me, and the shame of my face has covered me, at the voice of the one who reproaches and slanders, before the face of the enemy and persecutor.” And blessed it is, when all these things happen, to say to God the words that the prophet boldly adds to them: “All these things have come upon us. And we have not forgotten you, and we have not dealt falsely with your covenant. And our heart has not turned back.”
Chapter 20
20Koetschau 1:18–19
Μνημονεύωμεν ὅτι ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ τυγχάνοντες καὶ νοοῦντες τὰς ἔξω τοῦ βίου ὁδοὺς τῷ θεῷ φαμεν τό· „ἐξέκλινας τὰς τρίβους ἡμῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ σου.“ νῦν καιρὸς ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι τοῦ, ὅτι τόπος κακώσεώς ἐστι τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ χωρίον τοῦτο, ἐν ᾧ τεταπεινώμεθα· ἵνα εὐχόμενοι λέγωμεν τό· „ὅτι ἐταπείνωσας ἡμᾶς ἐν τόπῳ κακώσεως, καὶ ἐπεκάλυψεν ἡμᾶς σκιὰ θανάτου.“ θαῤῥοῦντες δὲ λέγωμεν καὶ τό· „εἰ ἐπελαθόμεθα τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν, καὶ εἰ διεπετάσαμεν χεῖρας ἡμῶν πρὸς θεὸν ἀλλότριον, οὐχὶ ὁ θεὸς ἐκζητήσει ταῦτα;“
Mnēmoneuōmen hoti en tǭ biǭ toutǭ tynchanontes kai noountes tas exō tou biou hodous tǭ theǭ phamen to; „exeklinas tas tribous hēmōn apo tēs hodou sou.“ nyn kairos anamimnēskesthai tou, hoti topos kakōseōs esti tēs psychēs to chōrion touto, en hǭ tetapeinōmetha; hina euchomenoi legōmen to; „hoti etapeinōsas hēmas en topǭ kakōseōs, kai epekalypsen hēmas skia thanatou.“ tharrhountes de legōmen kai to; „ei epelathometha tou onomatos tou theou hēmōn, kai ei diepetasamen cheiras hēmōn pros theon allotrion, ouchi ho theos ekzētēsei tauta?“
Let us remember that while we are in this life and consider the paths that lead out of this life, we say to God: “You turned aside our paths from your way.” Now is the time to recall that this place in which we have been humbled is a place of the soul's affliction, so that we may say in prayer: “For you humbled us in a place of affliction, and the shadow of death covered us.” And let us say with confidence also this: “If we have forgotten the name of our God, and if we have spread out our hands to a foreign god, will not God search this out?”
Chapter 21
21Koetschau 1:19
Μὴ τὸ ἐν φανερῷ δὲ μόνον μαρτύριον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἐν κρυπτῷ τελείως ἀναλαβεῖν ἀγωνισώμεθα, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀποστολικῶς ἀναφθεγξώμεθα τό· „τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ καύχημα ἡμῶν, τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν, ὅτι ἐν ἁγιότητι καὶ εἰλικρινείᾳ θεοῦ“ „ἀνεστράφημεν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ.“ συνάπτωμεν δὲ τῷ ἀποστολικῷ τὸ προφητικὸν τό· „αὐτὸς δὲ γινώσκει τὰ κρύφια τῆς καρδίας“ ἡμῶν, καὶ μάλιστα, ἐὰν τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ ἀπαγώμεθα· ὅτε φήσομεν τὸ ὑπὸ μόνων μαρτύρων λεγόμενον τῷ θεῷ τό· „ὅτι ἕνεκα σοῦ θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς.“ ἐὰν δέ ποτε ἀπὸ τοῦ φρονήματος „τῆς σαρκὸς“ ὑποβάλληται ἡμῖν φόβος τῶν ἀπειλούντων ἡμῖν θάνατον δικαστῶν, τότε εἴπωμεν αὐτοῖς τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν Παροιμιῶν· „υἱὲ, τίμα τὸν κύριον, καὶ ἰσχύσεις· πλὴν δὲ αὐτοῦ μὴ φοβοῦ ἄλλον.“
Mē to en phanerǭ de monon martyrion alla kai to en kryptǭ teleiōs analabein agōnisōmetha, hina kai autoi apostolikōs anaphthenxōmetha to; „touto gar esti to kauchēma hēmōn, to martyrion tēs syneidēseōs hēmōn, hoti en hagiotēti kai eilikrineią theou“ „anestraphēmen en tǭ kosmǭ.“ synaptōmen de tǭ apostolikǭ to prophētikon to; „autos de ginōskei ta kryphia tēs kardias“ hēmōn, kai malista, ean tēn epi thanatǭ apagōmetha; hote phēsomen to hypo monōn martyrōn legomenon tǭ theǭ to; „hoti heneka sou thanatoumetha holēn tēn hēmeran, elogisthēmen hōs probata sphagēs.“ ean de pote apo tou phronēmatos „tēs sarkos“ hypoballētai hēmin phobos tōn apeilountōn hēmin thanaton dikastōn, tote eipōmen autois to apo tōn Paroimiōn; „huie, tima ton kyrion, kai ischyseis; plēn de autou mē phobou allon.“
Let us strive to take up perfectly not only the martyrdom that is in the open but also that which is in secret, so that we too may cry out as the apostle did: “For this is our boast, the testimony of our conscience, that in holiness and godly sincerity” “we have conducted ourselves in the world.” And let us join to the apostle's words the prophet's: “For he knows the secrets of the heart,” ours, especially if we are led away to death; when we shall say to God what only martyrs say: “For your sake we are put to death all day long; we are counted as sheep for the slaughter.” And if ever, from the mind “of the flesh,” fear of the judges who threaten us with death is suggested to us, then let us say to them the words from Proverbs: “Son, honor the Lord, and you will be strong; but besides him fear no other.”
Chapter 22
22Koetschau 1:19–20
Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ πρὸς τὰ προκείμενά ἐστι χρήσιμον. φησὶν ἐν τῷ Ἐκκλησιαστῇ ὁ Σολομῶν· „ἐπῄνεσα ἐγὼ πάντας τοὺς τεθνηκότας ὑπὲρ τοὺς ζῶντας, ὅσοι αὐτοὶ ζῶσιν ἕως τοῦ νῦν.“ τίς δʼ ἂν οὕτως εὐλόγως ἐπαινοῖτο τεθνηκὼς ὡς ὁ αὐτοπροαιρέτως τὸν θάνατον ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας ἀναδεξάμενος; ὁποῖος ἦν ὁ Ἐλεάζαρος „τὸν μετʼ εὐκλείας θάνατον μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν μετὰ μύσους βίον ἀναδεξάμενος καὶ αὐτοπροαιρέτως ἐπὶ τὸ τύμπανον προάγων“, ὅστις „λογισμὸν ἀστεῖον ἀναλαβὼν ἄξιον τῆς ἐνενηκονταετοῦς αὐτοῦ ἡλικίας καὶ τῆς τοῦ γήρως ὑπεροχῆς καὶ τῆς ἐπικτήτου καὶ ἐπιφανοῦς πολιᾶς καὶ τῆς ἐκ παιδὸς καλλίστης ἀνατροφῆς μᾶλλον δὲ τῆς ἁγίας καὶ θεοκτίστου νομοθεσίας“ εἶπεν· ὅτι „οὐκ ἔστι τῆς ἡμετέρας ἡλικίας ἄξιον ὑποκριθῆναι, ἵνα πολλοὶ τῶν νέων ὑπολαβόντες Ἐλεάζαρον τὸν ἐνενηκονταετῆ μεταβεβληκέναι εἰς ἀλλοφυλισμὸν, καὶ αὐτοὶ διὰ τὴν ἐμὴν ὑπόκρισιν καὶ διὰ τὸ μικρὸν καὶ ἀκαριαῖον ζῆν πλανηθῶσι διʼ ἐμὲ, καὶ μύσος καὶ κηλῖδα τοῦ γήρως κατακτήσομαι. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἐξελοῦμαι τὴν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων τιμωρίαν, ἀλλὰ τὰς τοῦ παντοκράτορος χεῖρας οὔτε ζῶν οὔτε θανὼν ἐκφεύξομαι. διόπερ ἀνδρείως νῦν μεταλλάξας τὸν βίον τοῦ μὲν γήρως ἄξιος φανήσομαι, τοῖς δὲ νέοις ὑπόδειγμα γενναῖον καταλελοιπὼς εἰς τὸ προθύμως καὶ γενναίως ὑπὲρ τῶν σεμνῶν καὶ ἁγίων νόμων εὐθανατίζειν.“ εὔχομαι δὲ ὑμᾶς παρὰ ταῖς θύραις τοῦ θανάτου μᾶλλον δὲ τῆς ἐλευθερίας γενομένους, μάλιστα εἰ πόνοι προσάγοιντο (οὐδὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἀπελπίσαι ἀπὸ τῆς βουλῆς τῶν ἀντικειμένων ἐνεργειῶν παθεῖν ὑμᾶς), τοιαῦτα εἰπεῖν· „τῷ κυρίῳ τῷ τὴν ἁγίαν γνῶσιν ἔχοντι φανερόν ἐστιν ὅτι δυνάμενος ἀπολυθῆναι τοῦ θανάτου σκληρὰς ὑποφέρω κατὰ σῶμα ἀλγηδόνας μαστιγούμενος, κατὰ ψυχὴν δὲ ἡδέως διὰ τὸν αὐτοῦ φόβον ταῦτα πάσχω.“ τοιοῦτος δὴ ὁ θάνατος Ἐλεαζάρου ἦν, ὡς ἐπειρῆσθαι αὐτῷ· „οὐ μόνον τοῖς νέοις ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς πλείστοις τοῦ ἔθνους τὸν ἑαυτοῦ θάνατον γενναιότητος ὑπόδειγμα καὶ μνημόσυνον ἀρετῆς καταλέλοιπε.“
Kai touto de pros ta prokeimena esti chrēsimon. phēsin en tǭ Ekklēsiastę̄ ho Solomōn; „epę̄nesa egō pantas tous tethnēkotas hyper tous zōntas, hosoi autoi zōsin heōs tou nyn.“ tis dʼ an houtōs eulogōs epainoito tethnēkōs hōs ho autoproairetōs ton thanaton hyper eusebeias anadexamenos? hopoios ēn ho Eleazaros „ton metʼ eukleias thanaton mallon ē ton meta mysous bion anadexamenos kai autoproairetōs epi to tympanon proagōn“, hostis „logismon asteion analabōn axion tēs enenēkontaetous autou hēlikias kai tēs tou gērōs hyperochēs kai tēs epiktētou kai epiphanous polias kai tēs ek paidos kallistēs anatrophēs mallon de tēs hagias kai theoktistou nomothesias“ eipen; hoti „ouk esti tēs hēmeteras hēlikias axion hypokrithēnai, hina polloi tōn neōn hypolabontes Eleazaron ton enenēkontaetē metabeblēkenai eis allophylismon, kai autoi dia tēn emēn hypokrisin kai dia to mikron kai akariaion zēn planēthōsi diʼ eme, kai mysos kai kēlida tou gērōs kataktēsomai. ei gar kai epi tou parontos exeloumai tēn ex anthrōpōn timōrian, alla tas tou pantokratoros cheiras oute zōn oute thanōn ekpheuxomai. dioper andreiōs nyn metallaxas ton bion tou men gērōs axios phanēsomai, tois de neois hypodeigma gennaion kataleloipōs eis to prothymōs kai gennaiōs hyper tōn semnōn kai hagiōn nomōn euthanatizein.“ euchomai de hymas para tais thyrais tou thanatou mallon de tēs eleutherias genomenous, malista ei ponoi prosagointo (ouden gar estin apelpisai apo tēs boulēs tōn antikeimenōn energeiōn pathein hymas), toiauta eipein; „tǭ kyriǭ tǭ tēn hagian gnōsin echonti phaneron estin hoti dynamenos apolythēnai tou thanatou sklēras hypopherō kata sōma algēdonas mastigoumenos, kata psychēn de hēdeōs dia ton autou phobon tauta paschō.“ toioutos dē ho thanatos Eleazarou ēn, hōs epeirēsthai autǭ; „ou monon tois neois alla kai tois pleistois tou ethnous ton heautou thanaton gennaiotētos hypodeigma kai mnēmosynon aretēs kataleloipe.“
This too is useful for our present subject. Solomon says in Ecclesiastes: “I praised all the dead more than the living, as many as are alive until now.” And who among the dead could so reasonably be praised as the one who of his own free choice accepted death for the sake of piety? Such was Eleazar, who, “welcoming death with honor rather than life with defilement, went of his own accord to the rack,” and who, “having taken up a noble resolve, worthy of his ninety years, of the eminence of his old age, of the gray hairs he had gained and made distinguished, of his most excellent upbringing from childhood, and still more of the holy and God-given legislation,” said: “It is not worthy of our age to pretend, so that many of the young, supposing that Eleazar at ninety has gone over to a foreign way of life, should themselves be led astray because of my pretence and for the sake of a brief and momentary life, and I bring defilement and disgrace on my old age. For even if for the present I escape punishment from men, yet whether I live or die I shall not escape the hands of the Almighty. Therefore by bravely giving up my life now I shall show myself worthy of my old age, and leave to the young a noble example of how to die a good death willingly and nobly for the revered and holy laws.” And I pray that you, when you come to the doors of death, or rather of freedom, especially if pains are applied (for there is no despairing of your suffering them, from the counsel of the opposing powers), will say such things as these: “It is clear to the Lord, who has holy knowledge, that though I could be released from death, I endure hard pains in my body under the scourge, but in my soul I suffer these things gladly because of fear of him.” Such was the death of Eleazar that it could be said of him: “Not only to the young but to the great majority of the nation he left his death as an example of nobility and a memorial of virtue.”
Chapter 23
23Koetschau 1:20–21
Καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ δὲ ἐν τοῖς Μακκαβαϊκοῖς ἀναγραφέντες ἀδελφοὶ, οὓς „μάστιξι καὶ νευραῖς“ ᾐκίσατο Ἀντίοχος ἐμμένοντας τῇ θεοσεβείᾳ, δυνήσονται παράδειγμα κάλλιστον εἶναι ῥωμαλέου μαρτυρίου παντὶ λογισαμένῳ ἂν, εἰ μέλλει παιδαρίων εἶναι ἐλάττων, οὐ καθʼ ἕνα μόνον βασάνους ὑπομεινάντων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ τὴν αἰκίαν τῶν ἀδελφῶν τεθεωρηκέναι παράστημα εὔτονον εὐσεβείας ἐπιδειξαμένων. ἀφʼ ὧν εἷς γενόμενος, ὡς ἡ γραφὴ ὠνόμασε, „προήγορος“ εἶπε πρὸς τὸν τύραννον· „τί μέλλεις ἐρωτᾶν καὶ μανθάνειν; ἕτοιμοι γὰρ ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐσμὲν ἢ παραβαίνειν τοὺς πατρίους νόμους“. τί δὲ δεῖ λέγειν, ὁποῖα ὑπέμειναν τηγάνων καὶ λεβήτων ἐκπυρουμένων, ἵνα ἐν αὐτοῖς βασανισθῶσι προπαθόντες ἕκαστος διάφορα; ὁ γὰρ ὀνομασθεὶς αὐτῶν „προήγορος“ ἐγλωσσοτομήθη πρῶτον· εἶτα περιεσκυθίσθη τὴν κεφαλὴν, καὶ οὕτως ἤνεγκε τὸν περισκυθισμὸν ὡς ἄλλοι τὴν διὰ τὸν θεῖον νόμον περιτομὴν, νομίζων καὶ ἐν τούτῳ πληροῦν λόγον διαθήκης θεοῦ. καὶ οὐκ ἀρκεσθείς γε τούτοις ὁ Ἀντίοχος ἠκρωτηρίασεν αὐτὸν „τῶν λοιπῶν ἀδελφῶν καὶ τῆς μητρὸς συνορώντων“ τῇ θέᾳ κολάζων τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τὴν μητέρα καὶ οἰόμενος τὴν πρόθεσιν αὐτῶν διὰ τῶν οὕτω νομιζομένων φοβερῶν κινήσειν. οὕτως δὴ ὁ Ἀντίοχος τούτοις μὴ ἀρκεσθεὶς „ἄχρηστον“ ὡς πρὸς τὴν τοῦ σώματος κατασκευὴν „γενόμενον“ διʼ ὧν πρῶτον ἐκόλασεν „ἐκέλευσε τῇ“ ἐν τοῖς τηγάνοις καὶ τοῖς λέβησι „πυρᾷ προσάγειν ἔμπνουν καὶ τηγανίζειν“ αὐτόν. ὡς δὲ ἡ ἀτμὶς ἀνεδίδοτο ὑπὸ τῆς ὠμότητος τοῦ τυράννου ὀπτωμένων τῶν τοῦ γενναιοτάτου ἀθλητοῦ τῆς εὐσεβείας σαρκῶν, οἱ λοιποὶ „παρεκάλουν ἀλλήλους σὺν τῇ μητρὶ γενναίως τελευτᾶν“ παραμυθούμενοι ἑαυτοὺς τῷ λογισμῷ τοῦ ἐφορᾶν ταῦτα τὸν θεόν· ἤρκει γὰρ αὐτοῖς εἰς ὑπομονὴν ἡ πειθὼ τοῦ παρεῖναι τοῖς ὑπομένουσι τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ὀφθαλμόν· καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀγωνοθέτης τῶν τῆς εὐσεβείας ἀθλητῶν, παρακαλούμενος καὶ, ἵνʼ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, εὐφραινόμενος ἐπὶ τοῖς κατεξανισταμένοις τῶν τηλικούτων πόνων. εὔκαιρον δʼ ἂν εἴη καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐν τοιούτοις γενομένους εἰπεῖν τοὺς ἐκείνων λόγους πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς τοῦτον ἔχοντας τὸν τρόπον οὕτως· „κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἐφορᾷ καὶ ταῖς ἀληθείαις ἐφʼ ἡμῖν παρακαλεῖται.“
Kai hoi hepta de en tois Makkabaïkois anagraphentes adelphoi, hous „mastixi kai neurais“ ę̄kisato Antiochos emmenontas tę̄ theosebeią, dynēsontai paradeigma kalliston einai rhōmaleou martyriou panti logisamenǭ an, ei mellei paidariōn einai elattōn, ou kathʼ hena monon basanous hypomeinantōn alla kai tǭ tēn aikian tōn adelphōn tetheōrēkenai parastēma eutonon eusebeias epideixamenōn. aphʼ hōn heis genomenos, hōs hē graphē ōnomase, „proēgoros“ eipe pros ton tyrannon; „ti melleis erōtan kai manthanein? hetoimoi gar apothnę̄skein esmen ē parabainein tous patrious nomous“. ti de dei legein, hopoia hypemeinan tēganōn kai lebētōn ekpyroumenōn, hina en autois basanisthōsi propathontes hekastos diaphora? ho gar onomastheis autōn „proēgoros“ eglōssotomēthē prōton; eita perieskythisthē tēn kephalēn, kai houtōs ēnenke ton periskythismon hōs alloi tēn dia ton theion nomon peritomēn, nomizōn kai en toutǭ plēroun logon diathēkēs theou. kai ouk arkestheis ge toutois ho Antiochos ēkrōtēriasen auton „tōn loipōn adelphōn kai tēs mētros synorōntōn“ tę̄ theą kolazōn tous adelphous kai tēn mētera kai oiomenos tēn prothesin autōn dia tōn houtō nomizomenōn phoberōn kinēsein. houtōs dē ho Antiochos toutois mē arkestheis „achrēston“ hōs pros tēn tou sōmatos kataskeuēn „genomenon“ diʼ hōn prōton ekolasen „ekeleuse tę̄“ en tois tēganois kai tois lebēsi „pyrą prosagein empnoun kai tēganizein“ auton. hōs de hē atmis anedidoto hypo tēs ōmotētos tou tyrannou optōmenōn tōn tou gennaiotatou athlētou tēs eusebeias sarkōn, hoi loipoi „parekaloun allēlous syn tę̄ mētri gennaiōs teleutan“ paramythoumenoi heautous tǭ logismǭ tou ephoran tauta ton theon; ērkei gar autois eis hypomonēn hē peithō tou pareinai tois hypomenousi ton tou theou ophthalmon; kai parekalei autous ho agōnothetēs tōn tēs eusebeias athlētōn, parakaloumenos kai, hinʼ houtōs onomasō, euphrainomenos epi tois katexanistamenois tōn tēlikoutōn ponōn. eukairon dʼ an eiē kai hēmas en toioutois genomenous eipein tous ekeinōn logous pros heautous touton echontas ton tropon houtōs; „kyrios ho theos ephorą kai tais alētheiais ephʼ hēmin parakaleitai.“
And the seven brothers recorded in the books of the Maccabees, whom Antiochus tortured “with whips and thongs” when they persisted in the worship of God, will be able to be a most beautiful example of vigorous martyrdom to anyone who considers whether he is going to be inferior to boys, who not only endured tortures one by one but also, by having watched the torment of their brothers, displayed a firm courage in piety. One of them, having become, as Scripture called him, “the spokesman,” said to the tyrant: “What do you intend to ask and learn? For we are ready to die rather than transgress the laws of our fathers.” But why need I tell what they endured from frying pans and cauldrons heated red-hot, so that they might be tortured in them after each had first suffered different torments? For the one called their “spokesman” first had his tongue cut out; then he was scalped, and he bore the scalping as others bear circumcision for the sake of the divine law, thinking that in this too he was fulfilling the word of God's covenant. And not content with this, Antiochus mutilated his extremities “while the rest of the brothers and the mother looked on,” punishing the brothers and the mother by the sight and thinking to shake their purpose by what were thought such fearful things. So, not content with these things, Antiochus, when he “had become useless,” as far as the use of his body went, through the first punishments, “ordered him to be brought to the fire,” in the pans and cauldrons, “still breathing, and to be fried.” And as the vapor rose from the flesh of the most noble athlete of piety, roasted by the tyrant's cruelty, the rest, “with their mother, encouraged one another to die nobly,” consoling themselves with the thought that God was watching these things; for the conviction that the eye of God was present with those enduring was enough for their endurance. And the judge of the contest of the athletes of piety encouraged them, being himself encouraged and, if I may so call it, gladdened by those who rose above such pains. It would be timely for us too, when we come into such things, to say to ourselves their words, which run thus: “The Lord God watches over us and in truth has compassion on us.”
Chapter 24
24Koetschau 1:21–22
Τοῦ πρώτου τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον δοκιμασθέντος, ὡς δοκιμάζεται χρυσὸς ἐν χωνευτηρίῳ, ὁ δεύτερος „ἐπὶ τὸν ἐμπαιγμὸν“ ἤγετο· οὗ τὸ „δέρμα σὺν ταῖς θριξὶ περισύραντες“ οἱ διάκονοι τῆς τυραννικῆς ὠμότητος ἐπὶ μετάνοιαν ἐκάλουν τὸν πεπονθότα ἐπερωτῶντες, εἰ φάγεται τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων „πρὶν τιμωρηθῆναι τὸ σῶμα κατὰ μέλος“ αὐτῷ. ὡς δʼ ἠρνήσατο τὴν μετάνοιαν, ἐπὶ „τὴν ἑξῆς“ ἤχθη „βάσανον“ τηρῶν τὴν ἔνστασιν μέχρι τῆς ἐσχάτης ἀναπνοῆς. μηδαμῶς γὰρ θραυσθεὶς μηδὲ ἐνδοὺς πρὸς τοὺς πόνους ταῦτα εἶπε πρὸς τὸν ἀσεβῆ· „σὺ μᾶλλον, ἀλάστορ, ἐκ τοῦ παρόντος ἡμᾶς ζῆν ἀπολύεις, ὁ δὲ τοῦ κόσμου βασιλεὺς ἀποθανόντας ἡμᾶς ὑπὲρ τῶν αὐτοῦ νόμων εἰς αἰώνιον ἀναβίωσιν ζωῆς ἀναστήσει.“
Tou prōtou touton ton tropon dokimasthentos, hōs dokimazetai chrysos en chōneutēriǭ, ho deuteros „epi ton empaigmon“ ēgeto; hou to „derma syn tais thrixi perisyrantes“ hoi diakonoi tēs tyrannikēs ōmotētos epi metanoian ekaloun ton peponthota eperōtōntes, ei phagetai tōn eidōlothytōn „prin timōrēthēnai to sōma kata melos“ autǭ. hōs dʼ ērnēsato tēn metanoian, epi „tēn hexēs“ ēchthē „basanon“ tērōn tēn enstasin mechri tēs eschatēs anapnoēs. mēdamōs gar thraustheis mēde endous pros tous ponous tauta eipe pros ton asebē; „sy mallon, alastor, ek tou parontos hēmas zēn apolyeis, ho de tou kosmou basileus apothanontas hēmas hyper tōn autou nomōn eis aiōnion anabiōsin zōēs anastēsei.“
When the first had been tested in this way, as gold is tested in the furnace, the second was led “to the mockery”; and the servants of the tyrant's cruelty, having “torn off the skin with the hair,” called the sufferer to repentance, asking whether he would eat of the things sacrificed to idols “before his body was punished limb by limb.” But when he refused to repent, he was led to “the next torture,” keeping his firmness to his last breath. For in no way broken nor yielding to the pains, he said to the impious man: “You accursed wretch, you release us from this present life, but the King of the world will raise us up, who have died for his laws, to an eternal renewal of life.”
Chapter 25
25Koetschau 1:22
Καὶ ὁ τρίτος δὲ ἐν οὐδενὶ τὰς ἀλγηδόνας τιθέμενος καὶ διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀγάπην καταπατῶν αὐτὰς „τὴν γλῶσσαν αἰτηθεὶς ταχέως προέβαλε καὶ τὰς χεῖρας εὐθαρσῶς προέτεινεν“ εἶπε τε· διὰ τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ νόμους ταῦτα καταλιπὼν ἐλπίζω αὐτὰ ἀπὸ θεοῦ κομίσασθαι τοιαῦτα, οἷα ἂν ἀποδῴη θεὸς τοῖς τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν εὐσεβείας ἀθληταῖς. ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ὁ τέταρτος ἐβασανίζετο τὰς αἰκίας φέρων καὶ λέγων ὅτι· „αἱρετὸν μεταλλάσσοντας ἀπʼ ἀνθρώπων τὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ προσδοκᾶν ἐλπίδας καὶ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀναστήσεσθαι“ ἀνάστασιν, ἣν οὐκ ἀναστήσεται ὁ τύραννος· οὐ γὰρ „εἰς ζωὴν“ ἀλλὰ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ εἰς αἰσχύνην αἰώνιον ἀναστήσεται. ἑξῆς τὸν πέμπτον ᾐκίσατο, ὃς ἐνιδὼν τῷ Ἀντιόχῳ ὠνείδισεν αὐτῷ τὸ φθαρτὸν μὴ κολούων αὐτοῦ τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν, νομίζοντος μεγάλην εἶναι ἐξουσίαν τὴν ἐν ὀλίγαις ἡμέραις τυραννίδα. ἔφασκε δὲ καὶ ἐν τούτοις ὢν τὸ ἔθνος μὴ „καταλελεῖφθαι“ ὑπὸ θεοῦ τοῦ ὅσον οὐδέπω τὸν Ἀντίοχον „καὶ τὸ σπέρμα“ αὐτοῦ βασανίσοντος. μετὰ τοῦτον ὁ ἕκτος πρὸς τῷ ἀποθνῄσκειν γενόμενος „μὴ πλανῶ“, εἶπεν· ἡμεῖς ὑπὲρ ἡμετέρων ἁμαρτημάτων δίκας τίνοντες, ἵνʼ ἐν τοῖς πόνοις καθαρισθῶμεν, ἑκουσίως „ταῦτα πάσχομεν“. ἔλεγέ τε αὐτῷ, ὡς ἄρα οὐ χρὴ νομίζειν αὐτὸν ἀθῷον ἔσεσθαι „θεομαχεῖν“ ἐπιχειροῦντα· θεομάχος γὰρ ὁ τοῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου θεοποιηθεῖσι μαχόμενος.
Kai ho tritos de en oudeni tas algēdonas tithemenos kai dia tēn pros ton theon agapēn katapatōn autas „tēn glōssan aitētheis tacheōs proebale kai tas cheiras eutharsōs proeteinen“ eipe te; dia tous tou theou nomous tauta katalipōn elpizō auta apo theou komisasthai toiauta, hoia an apodǭē theos tois tēs eis auton eusebeias athlētais. hōsautōs de kai ho tetartos ebasanizeto tas aikias pherōn kai legōn hoti; „haireton metallassontas apʼ anthrōpōn tas apo tou theou prosdokan elpidas kai hypʼ autou anastēsesthai“ anastasin, hēn ouk anastēsetai ho tyrannos; ou gar „eis zōēn“ alla eis oneidismon kai eis aischynēn aiōnion anastēsetai. hexēs ton pempton ę̄kisato, hos enidōn tǭ Antiochǭ ōneidisen autǭ to phtharton mē kolouōn autou tēn hyperēphanian, nomizontos megalēn einai exousian tēn en oligais hēmerais tyrannida. ephaske de kai en toutois ōn to ethnos mē „kataleleiphthai“ hypo theou tou hoson oudepō ton Antiochon „kai to sperma“ autou basanisontos. meta touton ho hektos pros tǭ apothnę̄skein genomenos „mē planō“, eipen; hēmeis hyper hēmeterōn hamartēmatōn dikas tinontes, hinʼ en tois ponois katharisthōmen, hekousiōs „tauta paschomen“. elege te autǭ, hōs ara ou chrē nomizein auton athǭon esesthai „theomachein“ epicheirounta; theomachos gar ho tois apo tou logou theopoiētheisi machomenos.
And the third, counting the pains as nothing and trampling on them for love of God, “when asked for his tongue, quickly put it out and boldly stretched forth his hands,” and said that, giving these up for the sake of God's laws, he hoped to receive them back from God, such as God would give back to the athletes of piety toward him. In the same way the fourth also was tortured, bearing the torments and saying that “it is preferable, when departing from among men, to wait for the hopes that come from God, of being raised up again by him,” a resurrection to which the tyrant will not rise; for he will rise not “to life” but to reproach and everlasting shame. Next he tortured the fifth, who, looking at Antiochus, reproached him with being mortal, while he did not curb his arrogance, thinking a tyranny of a few days to be great power. And even in these sufferings he said that the nation had not been “forsaken” by God, who would very soon torment Antiochus “and his seed.” After him the sixth, when he was about to die, said: “Do not be deceived”; we suffer these things willingly, paying the penalty for our own sins, that we may be cleansed in the pains. And he told him that he must not think that he would go unpunished for undertaking “to fight against God”; for he fights against God who fights against those made divine by the Word.
Chapter 26
26Koetschau 1:22–23
Τελευταῖον δὲ τὸν νεώτερον ὁ Ἀντίοχος εἰς χεῖρας λαβὼν καὶ πεισθεὶς καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι ἀδελφὸν τῶν ἐν οὐδενὶ τὰς τηλικαύτας ἀλγηδόνας θεμένων καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχειν ἐκείνοις προαίρεσιν ἄλλαις ἐφόδοις ἐχρῆτο, νομίζων αὐτὸν παρακλήσεσι πεισθήσεσθαι καὶ ταῖς διʼ ὅρκων πιστώσεσι περὶ τοῦ πλούσιον αὐτὸν ποιήσειν καὶ „μακαριστὸν“ „μεταθέμενόν τε ἀπὸ τῶν πατρίων“ καὶ εἰς φίλους ἐγκαταταχθέντα καὶ „χρείας“ βασιλικὰς ἐμπιστευθέντα. ὡς δʼ οὐδὲν ἤνυε τὴν ἀρχὴν μηδὲ προσέχοντος τοῦ νεανίου ὡς ἀλλοτρίοις τῆς ἑαυτοῦ προαιρέσεως τοῖς λεγομένοις, „προσκαλεσάμενος τὴν μητέρα παρῄνει γίνεσθαι τοῦ μειρακίου σύμβουλον ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ“. ἡ δὲ ἐπιδειξαμένη πείσειν περὶ ὧν ἤθελε τὸν υἱὸν καὶ χλευάσασα τὸν τύραννον πολλοὺς τῷ υἱῷ ἐκίνει λόγους περὶ ὑπομονῆς, ὡς τὸν νεανίαν μὴ περιμείναντα τὴν ἐπιφερομένην κόλασιν προλαβόντα προκαλέσασθαι τοὺς δημίους λέγοντα· τί μέλλετε καὶ βραδύνετε; ἀκούομεν γὰρ νόμου τοῦ δοθέντος ἀπὸ θεοῦ· οὐ προσιέναι δεῖ πρόσταγμα ἐναντιούμενον θείοις λόγοις. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡσπερεὶ βασιλεὺς ἀποφαινόμενος κατὰ τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτῷ δικαζομένων ἀπεφήνατο κρίσιν τὴν κατὰ τοῦ τυράννου, δικάζων μᾶλλον αὐτὸν ἤπερ δικαζόμενος· καὶ ἔφασκεν, ὡς ἄρα ἐπὶ τοὺς οὐρανίους παῖδας ἀράμενος χεῖρας, οὐκ ἐκφεύξεται „τὴν τοῦ παντοκράτορος ἐπόπτου θεοῦ κρίσιν.“
Teleutaion de ton neōteron ho Antiochos eis cheiras labōn kai peistheis kai touton einai adelphon tōn en oudeni tas tēlikautas algēdonas themenōn kai tēn autēn echein ekeinois proairesin allais ephodois echrēto, nomizōn auton paraklēsesi peisthēsesthai kai tais diʼ horkōn pistōsesi peri tou plousion auton poiēsein kai „makariston“ „metathemenon te apo tōn patriōn“ kai eis philous enkatatachthenta kai „chreias“ basilikas empisteuthenta. hōs dʼ ouden ēnye tēn archēn mēde prosechontos tou neaniou hōs allotriois tēs heautou proaireseōs tois legomenois, „proskalesamenos tēn mētera parę̄nei ginesthai tou meirakiou symboulon epi sōtērią“. hē de epideixamenē peisein peri hōn ēthele ton huion kai chleuasasa ton tyrannon pollous tǭ huiǭ ekinei logous peri hypomonēs, hōs ton neanian mē perimeinanta tēn epipheromenēn kolasin prolabonta prokalesasthai tous dēmious legonta; ti mellete kai bradynete? akouomen gar nomou tou dothentos apo theou; ou prosienai dei prostagma enantioumenon theiois logois. alla kai hōsperei basileus apophainomenos kata tōn hypʼ autǭ dikazomenōn apephēnato krisin tēn kata tou tyrannou, dikazōn mallon auton ēper dikazomenos; kai ephasken, hōs ara epi tous ouranious paidas aramenos cheiras, ouk ekpheuxetai „tēn tou pantokratoros epoptou theou krisin.“
Last of all Antiochus took the youngest into his hands, and being persuaded that he too was brother to those who counted such great pains as nothing and had the same resolve as they, he used other approaches, thinking that he would be persuaded by entreaties and by promises confirmed with oaths that he would make him rich and “envied” “if he turned from the ways of his fathers,” and would enroll him among his Friends and entrust him with royal “offices.” But when he achieved nothing at all, since the young man paid no attention to what was said, as foreign to his own resolve, “he called the mother and urged her to become the boy's counselor for his safety.” She, making a show of persuading her son to what the king wished, and mocking the tyrant, spoke many words to her son about endurance, so that the young man did not wait for the punishment that was being brought but went ahead and called out to the executioners, saying: “Why do you delay and hesitate? For we listen to the law given by God; one must not accept a command that opposes the divine words.” And even like a king pronouncing sentence on those tried before him, he pronounced judgment against the tyrant, judging him rather than being judged; and he said that, having raised his hands against the heavenly children, he would not escape “the judgment of the almighty, all-seeing God.”
Chapter 27
27Koetschau 1:23–24
Ἦν δὲ τότε τὴν μητέρα τῶν τοσούτων ἰδεῖν „εὐψύχως“ φέρουσαν „διὰ τὰς ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν ἐλπίδας“ τοὺς πόνους καὶ τοὺς θανάτους τῶν υἱῶν· δρόσοι γὰρ εὐσεβείας καὶ πνεῦμα ὁσιότητος οὐκ εἴων ἀνάπτεσθαι ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις αὐτῆς τὸ μητρικὸν καὶ ἐν πολλαῖς ἀναφλεγόμενον ὡς ἐπὶ βαρυτάτοις κακοῖς πῦρ. νομίζω δὲ καὶ ταῦτα χρησιμώτατα πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον ἐπιτεμόμενος ἀπὸ τῆς γραφῆς παρατεθεῖσθαι· ἵνʼ ἴδωμεν, ὅσον δύναται κατὰ τῶν τραχυτάτων πόνων καὶ τῶν βαρυτάτων βασάνων εὐσέβεια καὶ τὸ πρὸς θεὸν φίλτρον παντὸς φίλτρου καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν πλεῖον δυνάμενον. τούτῳ δὲ τῷ πρὸς θεὸν φίλτρῳ ἀνθρωπίνη ἀσθένεια οὐ συμπολιτεύεται ὑπερόριος ἀφʼ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς ἐλαυνομένη καὶ οὐδὲ κατὰ ποσὸν ἐνεργεῖν δυναμένη, ὅπου ἐστὶν ὁ οἷός τε εἰπεῖν· „ἰσχύς μου καὶ ὕμνησίς μου ὁ κύριος“ καὶ „πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν“.
Ēn de tote tēn mētera tōn tosoutōn idein „eupsychōs“ pherousan „dia tas epi ton theon elpidas“ tous ponous kai tous thanatous tōn huiōn; drosoi gar eusebeias kai pneuma hosiotētos ouk eiōn anaptesthai en tois splanchnois autēs to mētrikon kai en pollais anaphlegomenon hōs epi barytatois kakois pyr. nomizō de kai tauta chrēsimōtata pros to prokeimenon epitemomenos apo tēs graphēs paratetheisthai; hinʼ idōmen, hoson dynatai kata tōn trachytatōn ponōn kai tōn barytatōn basanōn eusebeia kai to pros theon philtron pantos philtrou kathʼ hyperbolēn pleion dynamenon. toutǭ de tǭ pros theon philtrǭ anthrōpinē astheneia ou sympoliteuetai hyperorios aphʼ holēs tēs psychēs elaunomenē kai oude kata poson energein dynamenē, hopou estin ho hoios te eipein; „ischys mou kai hymnēsis mou ho kyrios“ kai „panta ischyō en tǭ endynamounti me Christǭ Iēsou tǭ kyriǭ hēmōn“.
Then one could see the mother of so many sons bearing “with good courage, because of her hopes in God,” the pains and deaths of her sons; for the dews of piety and the breath of holiness did not allow the fire of a mother's love to be kindled in her inward parts, the fire that blazes up in many at the heaviest calamities. And I think it most useful for our present subject to have set out these things, abridged from Scripture, so that we may see how much piety, and love for God, which is exceedingly stronger than every other love, can do against the harshest pains and the heaviest tortures. With this love for God human weakness does not share citizenship; it is driven out of the whole soul, into exile, and cannot act even in the least degree, where there is someone able to say, “The Lord is my strength and my song,” and, “I can do all things in him who strengthens me, Christ Jesus our Lord.”
Chapter 28
28Koetschau 1:24–25
Ὁποῖον δʼ ἐστὶ τὸ μαρτύριον καὶ πόσην παῤῥησίαν ἐμποιοῦν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν, καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἔστι καταμαθεῖν. φιλότιμός τις ὁ ἅγιος ὢν καὶ ἀμείψασθαι θέλων τὰς φθασάσας εἰς αὐτὸν εὐεργεσίας ἀπὸ θεοῦ ζητεῖ, τί ἂν ποιήσαι τῷ κυρίῳ περὶ πάντων ὧν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ εἴληφε· καὶ οὐδὲν ἄλλο εὑρίσκει οἱονεὶ ἰσόῤῥοπον ταῖς εὐεργεσίαις δυνάμενον ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου εὐπροαιρέτου ἀποδοθῆναι θεῷ, ὡς τὴν ἐν μαρτυρίῳ τελευτήν. γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν τῷ ἑκατοστῷ καὶ πέμπτῳ καὶ δεκάτῳ ψαλμῷ τὰ μὲν τῆς ἐπαπορήσεως οὕτως· „τί ἀνταποδώσω τῷ κυρίῳ περὶ πάντων ὧν ἀνταπέδωκέ μοι;“ τὰ δὲ τῆς πρὸς αὐτὴν ἀπαντήσεως εἰπόντος· τί ἀνταποδώσει τῷ κυρίῳ περὶ πάντων ὧν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ εἴληφεν ὁ λέγων, οὕτως εἰρημένα· „ποτήριον σωτηρίου λήψομαι καὶ τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου ἐπικαλέσομαι“. „ποτήριον δὲ σωτηρίου“ ἔθος ὀνομάζεσθαι τὸ μαρτύριον, ὡς ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ εὕρομεν. ἡνίκα γὰρ μείζονος ὀρέγονται τιμῆς οἱ θέλοντες „ἐκ δεξιῶν“ καὶ „ἐξ εὐωνύμων“ καθεσθῆναι τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ, φησὶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ κύριος· „δύνασθε πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω;“ ποτήριον λέγων τὸ μαρτύριον. ὅπερ ἐστὶ σαφὲς καὶ ἐκ τοῦ· „πάτερ εἰ δυνατὸν παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ· πλὴν οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω ἀλλὰ τί σύ“. πλὴν μανθάνομεν ὅτι συγκαθίσει καὶ συμβασιλεύσει καὶ συνδικάσει τῷ βασιλεῖ τῶν βασιλευόντων ὁ πιὼν τὸ ποτήριον ἐκεῖνο, ὅπερ ἔπιεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς. τοῦτʼ οὖν ἐστι τὸ τοῦ „σωτηρίου“ „ποτήριον“, ὅπερ ὁ λαβὼν ἐπικαλέσεται „τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου“ „πᾶς δὲ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου σωθήσεται.“
Hopoion dʼ esti to martyrion kai posēn parrhēsian empoioun pros ton theon, kai enteuthen esti katamathein. philotimos tis ho hagios ōn kai ameipsasthai thelōn tas phthasasas eis auton euergesias apo theou zētei, ti an poiēsai tǭ kyriǭ peri pantōn hōn apʼ autou eilēphe; kai ouden allo heuriskei hoionei isorrhopon tais euergesiais dynamenon apo anthrōpou euproairetou apodothēnai theǭ, hōs tēn en martyriǭ teleutēn. gegraptai gar en tǭ hekatostǭ kai pemptǭ kai dekatǭ psalmǭ ta men tēs epaporēseōs houtōs; „ti antapodōsō tǭ kyriǭ peri pantōn hōn antapedōke moi?“ ta de tēs pros autēn apantēseōs eipontos; ti antapodōsei tǭ kyriǭ peri pantōn hōn apʼ autou eilēphen ho legōn, houtōs eirēmena; „potērion sōtēriou lēpsomai kai to onoma kyriou epikalesomai“. „potērion de sōtēriou“ ethos onomazesthai to martyrion, hōs en tǭ euangeliǭ heuromen. hēnika gar meizonos oregontai timēs hoi thelontes „ek dexiōn“ kai „ex euōnymōn“ kathesthēnai tǭ Iēsou en tę̄ basileią autou, phēsi pros autous ho kyrios; „dynasthe piein to potērion ho egō pinō?“ potērion legōn to martyrion. hoper esti saphes kai ek tou; „pater ei dynaton parenenke to potērion touto apʼ emou; plēn ou ti egō thelō alla ti sy“. plēn manthanomen hoti synkathisei kai symbasileusei kai syndikasei tǭ basilei tōn basileuontōn ho piōn to potērion ekeino, hoper epien ho Iēsous. toutʼ oun esti to tou „sōtēriou“ „potērion“, hoper ho labōn epikalesetai „to onoma kyriou“ „pas de hos an epikalesētai to onoma kyriou sōthēsetai.“
What martyrdom is, and how much boldness toward God it produces, can also be learned from this. The saint, being generous and wishing to repay the benefits that have come to him from God, seeks what he could do for the Lord in return for all that he has received from him; and he finds nothing else that a man of good will could render to God that is, as it were, of equal weight with his benefits, except death in martyrdom. For in the hundred and fifteenth psalm the perplexity is written thus: “What shall I render to the Lord for all that he has rendered to me?” And the answer to it, as if one had said, “What will the one who speaks render to the Lord for all that he has received from him?”, is given thus: “I will take the cup of salvation and call upon the name of the Lord.” Now it is customary to call martyrdom “the cup of salvation,” as we have found in the gospel. For when those who wished to sit at Jesus' “right” and “left” in his kingdom reached out for greater honor, the Lord said to them: “Are you able to drink the cup that I drink?”, calling martyrdom a cup. This is clear also from the words, “Father, if it is possible, take this cup from me; yet not what I will, but what you will.” And we learn that the one who has drunk that cup which Jesus drank will sit with, reign with, and judge with the King of those who reign. This, then, is the “cup” of “salvation,” and whoever takes it will call upon “the name of the Lord”; “and everyone who calls upon the name of the Lord will be saved.”
Chapter 29
29Koetschau 1:25–26
Ἀλλὰ εἰκός τινα διὰ τό· „πάτερ, εἰ δυνατόν ἐστι, παρελθέτω ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο“ μὴ ἀκριβώσαντα τὸ βούλημα τῆς γραφῆς νομίζειν ὅτι οἱονεὶ καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ ἐδειλίασε παρὰ τὸν τοῦ πάθους καιρόν· ἐκείνου δὲ δειλιάσαντος, εἴποι τις ἂν, ὅτι τίς γενναῖος εἰς ἀεί; πρῶτον δὲ πευσόμεθα τῶν ταῦτα περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ὑπολαμβανόντων, εἰ ἐλάττων ἦν τοῦ λέγοντος· „κύριος φωτισμός μου καὶ σωτήρ μου, τίνα φοβηθήσομαι; κύριος ὑπερασπιστὴς τῆς ζωῆς μου, ἀπὸ τίνος δειλιάσω; ἐν τῷ ἐγγίζειν ἐπʼ ἐμὲ κακοῦντας τοῦ φαγεῖν τὰς σάρκας μου οἱ θλίβοντές με καὶ οἱ ἐχθροί μου αὐτοὶ ἠσθένησαν καὶ ἔπεσον. ἐὰν παρατάξηται ἐπʼ ἐμὲ παρεμβολὴ, οὐ φοβηθήσεται ἡ καρδία μου. ἐὰν ἐπαναστῇ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ πόλεμος, ἐν ταύτῃ ἐγὼ ἐλπιῶ.“ τάχα δὲ οὐδὲ ἄλλου τινός ἐστι ταῦτα ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ λεγόμενα τὰ ῥήματα ἢ τοῦ σωτῆρος διὰ τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς φωτισμὸν καὶ τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σωτηρίαν οὐδένα φοβουμένου καὶ διὰ τὸν ὑπερασπισμὸν, ὃν ὑπερήσπιζεν αὐτοῦ ὁ θεὸς, ἀπὸ μηδενὸς δειλιῶντος. τούτου δὲ καὶ ἡ καρδία οὐδαμῶς ἐφοβεῖτο παρατασσομένης ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ὅλης τῆς τοῦ σατανᾶ παρεμβολῆς· ἤλπιζε δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ θεῷ πεπληρωμένη ἱερῶν δογμάτων αὐτοῦ καρδία ἐπανισταμένου αὐτῷ πολέμου. οὐ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τοίνυν ἔστι καὶ κατὰ δειλίαν λέγειν τό· „πάτερ, εἰ δυνατόν ἐστι, παρελθέτω ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο“ καὶ ἀπὸ ἀνδρείας φάσκειν· „ἐὰν παρατάξηται ἐπʼ ἐμὲ παρεμβολὴ, οὐ φοβηθήσεται ἡ καρδία μου.“ μή ποτʼ οὖν λανθάνῃ τι ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ, καὶ ἐπιστήσεις τῷ παρὰ τοῖς τρισὶν εἰρημένῳ τῷ δεικτικῷ τοῦ ποτηρίου. ὁ μὲν γὰρ Ματθαῖος ἀνέγραψε λέγοντα τὸν κύριον· „πάτερ, εἰ δυνατόν ἐστι, παρελθέτω ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο“, ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς· „πάτερ, εἰ βούλει, παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ“, ὁ δὲ Μάρκος· „ἀββᾶ ὁ πατὴρ, δυνατά σοι πάντα· παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ“. ὅρα τοίνυν εἰ δύνασαι, παντὸς μαρτυρίου τοῦ καθʼ ὁποιανοῦν πρόφασιν ἐξόδου ἀποτελουμένου ποτηρίου καλουμένου, φάσκειν ὅτι οὐ τὸ γένος τοῦ μαρτυρίου παρῃτεῖτο ὁ λέγων· „παρελθέτω ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο“ (ἔφασκε γὰρ ἄν· παρελθέτω ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον) ἀλλὰ τάχα τὸ εἶδος τόδε. καὶ πρόσχες εἰ δυνατὸν ἐνορῶντα τὸν σωτῆρα τοῖς εἴδεσιν, ἵνʼ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, τῶν ποτηρίων καὶ τοῖς διʼ ἕκαστον γενομένοις ἂν, καὶ καταλαμβάνοντα μετά τινος βαθυτάτης σοφίας τὰς διαφορὰς τόδε τὸ εἶδος τῆς ἐξόδου παραιτεῖσθαι τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἄλλο δὲ τάχα βαρύτερον αἰτεῖν λεληθότως, ἵνα καθολικώτερόν τι καὶ ἐπὶ πλείους φθάνον εὐεργέτημα ἀνυσθῇ διʼ ἑτέρου ποτηρίου· ὅπερ οὐδέπω ἦν θέλημα τοῦ πατρὸς γενέσθαι, σοφώτερον παρὰ τὸ βούλημα τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ παρʼ ὃ ἑώρα ὁ σωτὴρ ὁδῷ καὶ τάξει οἰκονομοῦντος τὰ πράγματα. σαφῶς δὲ ἐν Ψαλμοῖς τὸ τοῦ „σωτηρίου“ „ποτήριον“ ὁ τῶν μαρτύρων ἐστὶ θάνατος. διόπερ τῷ· „ποτήριον σωτηρίου λήψομαι καὶ τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου ἐπικαλέσομαι“ ἐπιφέρεται τό· „τίμιος ἐναντίον κυρίου ὁ θάνατος τῶν ὁσίων αὐτοῦ“. „τίμιος“ τοίνυν ἡμῖν ἐπέρχεται „θάνατος“ ὡς ὁσίοις τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ οὐκ ἀναξίοις οὐκ ἐν τῷ κοινὸν, ἵνʼ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, καὶ ἀργὸν θεοσεβείας θάνατον ἀποθανεῖν ἀλλά τινα ἐξαίρετον, τὸν διὰ χριστιανισμὸν καὶ εὐσέβειαν καὶ ὁσιότητα.
Alla eikos tina dia to; „pater, ei dynaton esti, parelthetō apʼ emou to potērion touto“ mē akribōsanta to boulēma tēs graphēs nomizein hoti hoionei kai ho sōtēr edeiliase para ton tou pathous kairon; ekeinou de deiliasantos, eipoi tis an, hoti tis gennaios eis aei? prōton de peusometha tōn tauta peri tou sōtēros hypolambanontōn, ei elattōn ēn tou legontos; „kyrios phōtismos mou kai sōtēr mou, tina phobēthēsomai? kyrios hyperaspistēs tēs zōēs mou, apo tinos deiliasō? en tǭ engizein epʼ eme kakountas tou phagein tas sarkas mou hoi thlibontes me kai hoi echthroi mou autoi ēsthenēsan kai epeson. ean parataxētai epʼ eme parembolē, ou phobēthēsetai hē kardia mou. ean epanastę̄ epʼ eme polemos, en tautę̄ egō elpiō.“ tacha de oude allou tinos esti tauta en tǭ prophētę̄ legomena ta rhēmata ē tou sōtēros dia ton apo tou patros phōtismon kai tēn apʼ autou sōtērian oudena phoboumenou kai dia ton hyperaspismon, hon hyperēspizen autou ho theos, apo mēdenos deiliōntos. toutou de kai hē kardia oudamōs ephobeito paratassomenēs epʼ auton holēs tēs tou satana parembolēs; ēlpize de kai epi theǭ peplērōmenē hierōn dogmatōn autou kardia epanistamenou autǭ polemou. ou kata ton auton toinyn esti kai kata deilian legein to; „pater, ei dynaton esti, parelthetō apʼ emou to potērion touto“ kai apo andreias phaskein; „ean parataxētai epʼ eme parembolē, ou phobēthēsetai hē kardia mou.“ mē potʼ oun lanthanę̄ ti hēmas en tǭ topǭ, kai epistēseis tǭ para tois trisin eirēmenǭ tǭ deiktikǭ tou potēriou. ho men gar Matthaios anegrapse legonta ton kyrion; „pater, ei dynaton esti, parelthetō apʼ emou to potērion touto“, ho de Loukas; „pater, ei boulei, parenenke to potērion touto apʼ emou“, ho de Markos; „abba ho patēr, dynata soi panta; parenenke to potērion touto apʼ emou“. hora toinyn ei dynasai, pantos martyriou tou kathʼ hopoianoun prophasin exodou apoteloumenou potēriou kaloumenou, phaskein hoti ou to genos tou martyriou parę̄teito ho legōn; „parelthetō apʼ emou to potērion touto“ (ephaske gar an; parelthetō apʼ emou to potērion) alla tacha to eidos tode. kai prosches ei dynaton enorōnta ton sōtēra tois eidesin, hinʼ houtōs onomasō, tōn potēriōn kai tois diʼ hekaston genomenois an, kai katalambanonta meta tinos bathytatēs sophias tas diaphoras tode to eidos tēs exodou paraiteisthai tou martyriou allo de tacha baryteron aitein lelēthotōs, hina katholikōteron ti kai epi pleious phthanon euergetēma anysthę̄ diʼ heterou potēriou; hoper oudepō ēn thelēma tou patros genesthai, sophōteron para to boulēma tou huiou kai parʼ ho heōra ho sōtēr hodǭ kai taxei oikonomountos ta pragmata. saphōs de en Psalmois to tou „sōtēriou“ „potērion“ ho tōn martyrōn esti thanatos. dioper tǭ; „potērion sōtēriou lēpsomai kai to onoma kyriou epikalesomai“ epipheretai to; „timios enantion kyriou ho thanatos tōn hosiōn autou“. „timios“ toinyn hēmin eperchetai „thanatos“ hōs hosiois tou theou kai ouk anaxiois ouk en tǭ koinon, hinʼ houtōs onomasō, kai argon theosebeias thanaton apothanein alla tina exaireton, ton dia christianismon kai eusebeian kai hosiotēta.
But it is likely that someone, because of the words, “Father, if it is possible, let this cup pass from me,” not having examined closely the intention of Scripture, may think that the Savior too as it were played the coward at the time of his passion; and if he was cowardly, someone might say, who is ever brave? But first we shall ask those who suppose this of the Savior whether he was inferior to the one who says: “The Lord is my light and my Savior; whom shall I fear? The Lord is the protector of my life; of whom shall I be afraid? When evildoers drew near to me to eat my flesh, my oppressors and my enemies, they themselves grew weak and fell. If an army is arrayed against me, my heart will not fear. If war rises against me, in this I will hope.” And perhaps these words spoken in the prophet belong to no one else than the Savior, who, because of the light and salvation from the Father, feared no one, and, because of the protection with which God protected him, was afraid of nothing. His heart did not fear at all when the whole army of Satan was arrayed against him; and his heart, filled with God's holy doctrines, hoped in God when war rose against him. It is not, then, possible for the same person to say out of cowardice, “Father, if it is possible, let this cup pass from me,” and out of courage to declare, “If an army is arrayed against me, my heart will not fear.” So lest something in the passage escape us, you will pay attention to the demonstrative used of the cup in all three. For Matthew recorded the Lord saying, “Father, if it is possible, let this cup pass from me”; Luke, “Father, if you will, take this cup from me”; and Mark, “Abba, Father, all things are possible for you; take this cup from me.” See, then, whether, since every martyrdom, accomplished by whatever manner of departure, is called a cup, you can say that the one who said, “Let this cup pass from me,” was not declining the kind of martyrdom (for then he would have said, “Let the cup pass from me”), but perhaps this particular form of it. And consider whether it is possible that the Savior, looking into the forms, if I may so call them, of the cups and what would come about through each, and grasping their differences with a very deep wisdom, declined this form of departure in martyrdom and secretly asked for another, perhaps heavier, so that some more universal benefit, reaching to more people, might be accomplished through a different cup; which it was not yet the Father's will should happen, since he arranges things more wisely, beyond the wish of the Son and beyond what the Savior saw, by way and by order. Clearly in the Psalms the “cup” of “salvation” is the death of the martyrs. That is why after “I will take the cup of salvation and call upon the name of the Lord” there follows, “Precious in the sight of the Lord is the death of his holy ones.” So a “precious death” comes to us, as God's holy ones and not unworthy of it, if we die not the common and, so to speak, idle death that has nothing to do with piety, but an exceptional death, the one suffered for Christianity, piety, and holiness.
Chapter 30
30Koetschau 1:26–27
Ὑπομνησθῶμεν δὲ καὶ ὧν ἡμαρτήκαμεν, καὶ ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτημάτων χωρὶς βαπτίσματος λαβεῖν, καὶ ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι δυνατὸν κατὰ τοὺς εὐαγγελικοὺς νόμους αὖθις βαπτίσασθαι ὕδατι καὶ πνεύματι εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτημάτων, καὶ ὅτι βάπτισμα ἡμῖν δίδοται τὸ τοῦ μαρτυρίου· οὕτω γὰρ ὠνόμασται, ὡς δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ ἐπιφέρεσθαι μὲν τῷ· „δύνασθε πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω;“ τό· „ἢ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι;“ ἀλλαχοῦ δὲ εἴρηται· „βάπτισμα δὲ ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ πῶς συνέχομαι ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ.“ καὶ ἐπίστησον εἰ τὸ κατὰ τὸ μαρτύριον βάπτισμα, ὥσπερ τὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος καθάρσιον γέγονε τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ αὐτὸ ἐπὶ πολλῶν θεραπείᾳ καθαιρομένων γίνεται. ὡς γὰρ οἱ τῷ κατὰ τὸν Μωϋσέως νόμον θυσιαστηρίῳ προσεδρεύοντες διακονεῖν ἐδόκουν διʼ αἵματος „τράγων καὶ ταύρων“ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτημάτων ἐκείνοις, οὕτως αἱ ψυχαὶ „τῶν πεπελεκισμένων“ ἕνεκεν τῆς μαρτυρίας Ἰησοῦ, μὴ μάτην τῷ ἐν οὐρανοῖς θυσιαστηρίῳ παρεδρεύουσαι, διακονοῦσι τοῖς εὐχομένοις ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτημάτων. ἅμα δὲ καὶ γινώσκομεν ὅτι, ὥσπερ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς θυσίαν ἑαυτὸν προσήνεγκεν Ἰησοῦς ὁ Χριστὸς, οὕτως οἱ ἱερεῖς, ὧν ἐστιν ἀρχιερεὺς, θυσίαν ἑαυτοὺς προσφέρουσι· διʼ ἣν ὡς παρὰ οἰκείῳ τόπῳ ὁρῶνται τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ. ἀλλὰ τῶν ἱερέων οἱ μὲν ἄμωμοι καὶ ἀμώμους προσφέροντες θυσίας ἐθεράπευον τὸ θεῖον, οἱ δὲ μεμωμημένοι μώμοις, οὓς ἀνέγραψε Μωϋσῆς ἐν τῷ Λευϊτικῷ, ἐξωρίζοντο ἀπὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου. τίς δὲ ὁ ἄμωμος ἱερεὺς ἄμωμον ἱερεῖον προσφέρων ἢ ὁ κρατῶν τῆς ὁμολογίας καὶ πληρῶν πάντα ἀριθμὸν, ὃν ἀπαιτεῖ ὁ τοῦ μαρτυρίου λόγος; περὶ οὗ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω προειρήκαμεν.
Hypomnēsthōmen de kai hōn hēmartēkamen, kai hoti ouk estin aphesin hamartēmatōn chōris baptismatos labein, kai hoti ouk esti dynaton kata tous euangelikous nomous authis baptisasthai hydati kai pneumati eis aphesin hamartēmatōn, kai hoti baptisma hēmin didotai to tou martyriou; houtō gar ōnomastai, hōs dēlon ek tou epipheresthai men tǭ; „dynasthe piein to potērion ho egō pinō?“ to; „ē to baptisma ho egō baptizomai baptisthēnai?“ allachou de eirētai; „baptisma de echō baptisthēnai, kai pōs synechomai heōs hotou telesthę̄.“ kai epistēson ei to kata to martyrion baptisma, hōsper to tou sōtēros katharsion gegone tǭ kosmǭ, kai auto epi pollōn therapeią kathairomenōn ginetai. hōs gar hoi tǭ kata ton Mōÿseōs nomon thysiastēriǭ prosedreuontes diakonein edokoun diʼ haimatos „tragōn kai taurōn“ aphesin hamartēmatōn ekeinois, houtōs hai psychai „tōn pepelekismenōn“ heneken tēs martyrias Iēsou, mē matēn tǭ en ouranois thysiastēriǭ paredreuousai, diakonousi tois euchomenois aphesin hamartēmatōn. hama de kai ginōskomen hoti, hōsper ho archiereus thysian heauton prosēnenken Iēsous ho Christos, houtōs hoi hiereis, hōn estin archiereus, thysian heautous prospherousi; diʼ hēn hōs para oikeiǭ topǭ horōntai tǭ thysiastēriǭ. alla tōn hiereōn hoi men amōmoi kai amōmous prospherontes thysias etherapeuon to theion, hoi de memōmēmenoi mōmois, hous anegrapse Mōÿsēs en tǭ Leuïtikǭ, exōrizonto apo tou thysiastēriou. tis de ho amōmos hiereus amōmon hiereion prospherōn ē ho kratōn tēs homologias kai plērōn panta arithmon, hon apaitei ho tou martyriou logos? peri hou en tois anōterō proeirēkamen.
Let us remember also the sins we have committed, and that it is not possible to receive forgiveness of sins without baptism, and that according to the laws of the gospel it is not possible to be baptized again with water and the Spirit for the forgiveness of sins, and that the baptism of martyrdom is given to us. For so it has been named, as is clear from the fact that “Are you able to drink the cup that I drink?” is followed by “or to be baptized with the baptism with which I am baptized?” And elsewhere it is said: “But I have a baptism to be baptized with, and how I am constrained until it is accomplished!” And consider whether the baptism of martyrdom, just as the Savior's became a cleansing for the world, also itself serves for the healing of many who are cleansed. For just as those who attended the altar according to the law of Moses seemed to minister forgiveness of sins to the people through the blood “of goats and bulls,” so the souls “of those beheaded” for the testimony of Jesus, not attending in vain at the altar in heaven, minister forgiveness of sins to those who pray. At the same time we know also that, just as the high priest Jesus Christ offered himself as a sacrifice, so the priests, of whom he is high priest, offer themselves as a sacrifice; on account of which they are seen at the altar as in their proper place. But of the priests, some were without blemish and, offering unblemished sacrifices, served the Deity, while those with blemishes, which Moses recorded in Leviticus, were banished from the altar. And who is the unblemished priest offering an unblemished victim, if not the one who holds fast to his confession and fulfills every requirement that the account of martyrdom demands, of which we have spoken above?
Chapter 31
31Koetschau 1:27–28
Μὴ θαυμάζωμεν δὲ εἰ τὴν τηλικαύτην τῶν μαρτύρων μακαριότητα, ἐσομένην ἐν βαθείᾳ εἰρήνῃ καὶ γαλήνῃ καὶ εὐδίᾳ, δεῖ ἄρξασθαι ἀπό τινος νομιζομένου σκυθρωποτέρου καὶ, ἵνʼ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, χειμερινοῦ καταστήματος. πρότερον γὰρ τὴν στενὴν καὶ τεθλιμμένην ὁδεύοντα ἐν χειμῶνι δεήσει ἐπιδείξασθαι ἣν ἐκτήσατο ἕκαστος τῶν μακαρίων κυβέρνησιν, ἵνα μετὰ ταῦτα γένηται τὸ ἐν τῷ Ἄισματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων πρὸς τὴν τὸν χειμῶνα διανηξαμένην νύμφην λεγόμενον· „ἀποκρίνεται“ γάρ φησιν „ἀδελφιδός μου καὶ λέγει μοι· ἀνάστα, ἐλθὲ ἡ πλησίον μου, καλή μου, περιστερά μου. ὅτι ἰδοὺ ὁ χειμὼν παρῆλθεν, ὁ ὑετὸς ἀπῆλθεν, ἐπορεύθη ἑαυτῷ“. καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔτι μέμνησθε ὅτι οὐκ ἄλλως ἔστιν ἀκοῦσαι τό· „ὁ χειμὼν παρῆλθεν“, ἐὰν μὴ τὸν παρόντα χειμῶνα ἐῤῥωμένως καὶ εὐτόνως ἀγωνίσησθε. μετὰ δὲ τὸ παρελθεῖν τὸν χειμῶνα καὶ τὸν ὑετὸν ἀπελθεῖν καὶ πορευθῆναι ἑαυτῷ τὰ ἄνθη ὀφθήσεται· „πεφυτευμένοι γὰρ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ κυρίου ἐν ταῖς αὐλαῖς τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐξανθήσουσι.“
Mē thaumazōmen de ei tēn tēlikautēn tōn martyrōn makariotēta, esomenēn en batheią eirēnę̄ kai galēnę̄ kai eudią, dei arxasthai apo tinos nomizomenou skythrōpoterou kai, hinʼ houtōs onomasō, cheimerinou katastēmatos. proteron gar tēn stenēn kai tethlimmenēn hodeuonta en cheimōni deēsei epideixasthai hēn ektēsato hekastos tōn makariōn kybernēsin, hina meta tauta genētai to en tǭ Aismati tōn ąsmatōn pros tēn ton cheimōna dianēxamenēn nymphēn legomenon; „apokrinetai“ gar phēsin „adelphidos mou kai legei moi; anasta, elthe hē plēsion mou, kalē mou, peristera mou. hoti idou ho cheimōn parēlthen, ho hyetos apēlthen, eporeuthē heautǭ“. kai hymeis eti memnēsthe hoti ouk allōs estin akousai to; „ho cheimōn parēlthen“, ean mē ton paronta cheimōna errhōmenōs kai eutonōs agōnisēsthe. meta de to parelthein ton cheimōna kai ton hyeton apelthein kai poreuthēnai heautǭ ta anthē ophthēsetai; „pephyteumenoi gar en tǭ oikǭ tou kyriou en tais aulais tou theou hēmōn exanthēsousi.“
Let us not be surprised if the great blessedness of the martyrs, which will be in deep peace and calm and fair weather, must begin from what is thought a gloomier and, so to speak, wintry condition. For each of the blessed, traveling first the narrow and hard way in winter, will have to show what skill in steering he has acquired, so that afterwards may come what is said in the Song of Songs to the bride who has swum through the winter: “My beloved answers,” it says, “and says to me: Arise, come, my neighbor, my fair one, my dove. For behold, the winter is past, the rain is over and gone.” And you too remember that it is not possible to hear “the winter is past” otherwise than by contending strongly and vigorously in the present winter. And after the winter is past and the rain is over and gone, the flowers will appear; “for those planted in the house of the Lord will blossom in the courts of our God.”
Chapter 32
32Koetschau 1:28
Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκομεν, ὅτι πεισθέντας ἡμᾶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ καταλιπεῖν τὰ εἴδωλα καὶ τὴν πολύθεον ἀθεότητα πεῖσαι μὲν ὁ ἐχθρὸς οὐ δύναται πρὸς τὸ εἰδωλολατρεῖν βιάσασθαι δὲ βούλεται· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καθʼ ὧν λαμβάνει ἐξουσίαν ἐνεργεῖ τοιαῦτα καὶ ἤτοι μάρτυρας ἢ εἰδωλολάτρας ποιήσει τοὺς πειραζομένους. πολλάκις δὲ καὶ νῦν λέγει· „ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω, ἐὰν πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃς μοι.“ προσέχωμεν οὖν, μή ποτε εἰδωλολατρήσωμεν καὶ τοῖς δαιμονίοις ἑαυτοὺς ὑποτάξωμεν· τὰ γὰρ εἴδωλα τῶν ἐθνῶν δαιμόνια. οἷον δέ ἐστι τὸ καταλιπόντα τὸν χρηστὸν Χριστοῦ ζυγὸν καὶ τὸ „ἐλαφρὸν“ αὐτοῦ „φορτίον“ πάλιν ἑαυτὸν ὑποβαλεῖν ζυγῷ δαιμόνων καὶ φορτίον βαστάξαι βαρυτάτης ἁμαρτίας μετὰ τὸ ἐγνωκέναι ἡμᾶς ὅτι „σποδὸς ἡ καρδία“ τῶν εἰδώλοις λατρευόντων καὶ „πηλοῦ ἀτιμότερος ὁ βίος“ αὐτῶν καὶ μετὰ τὸ εἰρηκέναι ἡμᾶς· „ὡς ψευδῆ ἐκτήσαντο οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν εἴδωλα, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς ὑετίζων.“
Kai touto de ginōskomen, hoti peisthentas hēmas hypo tou Iēsou katalipein ta eidōla kai tēn polytheon atheotēta peisai men ho echthros ou dynatai pros to eidōlolatrein biasasthai de bouletai; kai dia touto kathʼ hōn lambanei exousian energei toiauta kai ētoi martyras ē eidōlolatras poiēsei tous peirazomenous. pollakis de kai nyn legei; „tauta soi panta dōsō, ean pesōn proskynēsę̄s moi.“ prosechōmen oun, mē pote eidōlolatrēsōmen kai tois daimoniois heautous hypotaxōmen; ta gar eidōla tōn ethnōn daimonia. hoion de esti to kataliponta ton chrēston Christou zygon kai to „elaphron“ autou „phortion“ palin heauton hypobalein zygǭ daimonōn kai phortion bastaxai barytatēs hamartias meta to egnōkenai hēmas hoti „spodos hē kardia“ tōn eidōlois latreuontōn kai „pēlou atimoteros ho bios“ autōn kai meta to eirēkenai hēmas; „hōs pseudē ektēsanto hoi pateres hēmōn eidōla, kai ouk estin en autois hyetizōn.“
And we know this too: that since we have been persuaded by Jesus to leave idols and polytheistic godlessness, the enemy cannot persuade us to worship idols, but he wishes to force us; and for this reason he works such things against those over whom he gets authority, and he will make those who are tested either martyrs or idolaters. And often even now he says: “All these things I will give you, if you will fall down and worship me.” Let us take care, then, that we never worship idols and subject ourselves to demons; for the idols of the nations are demons. And what a thing it is, to leave the kind yoke of Christ and his “light burden” and to subject oneself again to the yoke of demons and bear the burden of most grievous sin, after we have come to know that the “heart” of those who serve idols “is ashes” and their “life more worthless than clay,” and after we have said, “How false are the idols our fathers acquired, and there is none among them that gives rain.”
Chapter 33
33Koetschau 1:28–29
Οὐ πάλαι μόνον ἵστη τὴν „χρυσῆν εἰκόνα“ Ναβουχοδονόσορ οὐδὲ τότε μόνον ἠπείλει τῷ Ἀνανίᾳ καὶ Ἀζαρίᾳ καὶ Μισαὴλ, εἰ μὴ προσκυνήσαιεν, ἐμβαλεῖν αὐτοὺς „εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρὸς“, ἀλλὰ καὶ νῦν ὁ Ναβουχοδονόσορ τὰ αὐτὰ λέγει ἡμῖν τοῖς περατικοῖς καὶ ἀληθινοῖς Ἑβραίοις. ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς ἵνα δρόσου οὐρανίου πειραθῶμεν σβεννυούσης πᾶν πῦρ ἀφʼ ἡμῶν καὶ καταψυχούσης ἡμῶν τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν, τοὺς ἱεροὺς ἐκείνους μιμησώμεθα, μή ποτε καὶ νῦν ὁ Ἀμὰν θέλῃ τοὺς Μαρδοχαίους ὑμᾶς προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ, ἀλλʼ ὑμεῖς εἴπατε· οὐ θήσω „δόξαν ἀνθρώπων ὑπεράνω δόξης θεοῦ“ Ἰσραήλ. τὸν Βὴλ τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ καταστρέψωμεν καὶ τὸν δράκοντα μετὰ τοῦ Δανιὴλ ἀποκτείνωμεν, ἵνα στόμασι λεόντων πλησιάζοντες μηδὲν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν παθεῖν δυνηθῶμεν μόνων τῶν αἰτίων ἡμῖν τοῦ παρόντος ἀγῶνος καταβρωθησομένων ὑπὸ τῶν ἡμᾶς μὴ δυναμένων καταπιεῖν λεόντων. κρατῶμεν ὅτι ἐν τοῖς ἀνδραγαθήμασι τοῦ Ἰὼβ εἴρηται καὶ τό· „ἐπιθεὶς τὴν χεῖρά μου ἐπὶ στόματί μου ἐφίλησα, καὶ τοῦτό μοι ἄρα ἀνομία ἡ μεγίστη λογισθείη·“ εἰκὸς δὲ ὅτι ἐπιτάξουσιν ἡμῶν τὴν χεῖρα ἐπιθεῖναι τῷ στόματι καὶ φιλῆσαι.
Ou palai monon histē tēn „chrysēn eikona“ Nabouchodonosor oude tote monon ēpeilei tǭ Ananią kai Azarią kai Misaēl, ei mē proskynēsaien, embalein autous „eis tēn kaminon tou pyros“, alla kai nyn ho Nabouchodonosor ta auta legei hēmin tois peratikois kai alēthinois Hebraiois. allʼ hēmeis hina drosou ouraniou peirathōmen sbennyousēs pan pyr aphʼ hēmōn kai katapsychousēs hēmōn to hēgemonikon, tous hierous ekeinous mimēsōmetha, mē pote kai nyn ho Aman thelę̄ tous Mardochaious hymas proskynēsai autǭ, allʼ hymeis eipate; ou thēsō „doxan anthrōpōn hyperanō doxēs theou“ Israēl. ton Bēl tǭ logǭ tou theou katastrepsōmen kai ton drakonta meta tou Daniēl apokteinōmen, hina stomasi leontōn plēsiazontes mēden apʼ autōn pathein dynēthōmen monōn tōn aitiōn hēmin tou parontos agōnos katabrōthēsomenōn hypo tōn hēmas mē dynamenōn katapiein leontōn. kratōmen hoti en tois andragathēmasi tou Iōb eirētai kai to; „epitheis tēn cheira mou epi stomati mou ephilēsa, kai touto moi ara anomia hē megistē logistheiē;“ eikos de hoti epitaxousin hēmōn tēn cheira epitheinai tǭ stomati kai philēsai.
It was not only long ago that Nebuchadnezzar set up the “golden image,” nor only then that he threatened Ananias, Azarias, and Misael that if they did not worship he would throw them “into the furnace of fire”; but now too Nebuchadnezzar says the same things to us, the true Hebrews, who cross over. But so that we may experience the heavenly dew that quenches all fire from us and cools our ruling faculty, let us imitate those holy men. Perhaps even now Haman wishes you, the Mordecais, to bow down to him; but say, “I will not set the glory of men above the glory of God” of Israel. Let us overthrow Bel by the word of God and with Daniel kill the dragon, so that coming near the mouths of lions we may suffer nothing from them, while only those responsible for our present contest are devoured by the lions that could not swallow us. Let us hold fast to this, that among the noble deeds of Job it is said also: “If, laying my hand upon my mouth, I kissed it, let this be reckoned to me as the greatest iniquity”; for it is likely that they will order us to put our hand to our mouth and kiss it.
Chapter 34
34Koetschau 1:29–32
Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ παρατηρήσωμεν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τοῖς πρὸς τοὺς πολλοὺς λόγοις τὰ περὶ μαρτυρίου προφητεύεται ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἀλλʼ ἐν τοῖς πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους. προειρημένου γὰρ τοῦ· „τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς· εἰς ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν μὴ ἀπέλθητε“ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ἐπιφέρεται τό· „προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων· παραδώσουσι γὰρ ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια, καὶ ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν μαστιγώσουσιν ὑμᾶς· καὶ ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς, μὴ μεριμνήσητε, πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε· δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί λαλήσητε· οὐ γὰρ ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ πατρὸς τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ὑμῖν. παραδώσει δὲ ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον, καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς. καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου. ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται. ὅταν δὲ διώκωσιν ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν, κἂν ἐκ ταύτης διώκωσιν, φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἄλλην· ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν. οὐ μὴ τελέσητε τὰς πόλεις τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου.“ καὶ ὁ Λουκᾶς δὲ τοιαῦτα ἀναγράφει· „ὅταν δὲ φέρωσιν ὑμᾶς ἐπὶ τὰς συναγωγὰς καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας, μὴ μεριμνήσητε, πῶς ἀπολογήσησθε ἢ τί εἴπητε· τὸ γὰρ ἅγιον πνεῦμα διδάξει ὑμᾶς ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἃ δεῖ εἰπεῖν.“ καὶ μεθʼ ἕτερα· „θέσθε οὖν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν μὴ μελετᾶν ἀπολογηθῆναι· ἐγὼ γὰρ δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα καὶ σοφίαν, ᾗ οὐ δυνήσονται ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν πάντες οἱ ἀντικείμενοι ὑμῖν. παραδοθήσεσθε δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ γονέων καὶ ἀδελφῶν καὶ συγγενῶν καὶ φίλων, καὶ θανατώσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν, καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου. καὶ θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται· ἐν τῇ ὑπομονῇ ὑμῶν κτήσασθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν.“ τοιαῦτα δὲ καὶ ὁ Μάρκος φησίν· „ὅταν δὲ ἄγωσιν ὑμᾶς παραδιδόντες, μὴ προμεριμνᾶτε μηδὲ προμελετᾶτε τί λαλήσητε, ἀλλʼ ὃ ἐὰν δοθῇ ὑμῖν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ, ἐκεῖνο λαλεῖτε· οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. παραδώσει δὲ ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον, καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς. καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου· ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται.“ καὶ ταῦτα δὲ παρὰ τῷ Ματθαίῳ ἐπὶ μαρτύριον προτρεπόμενα οὐ πρὸς ἄλλους ἢ τοὺς δώδεκα εἴρηται· ὧν ἀκούειν καὶ ἡμᾶς δεήσει ἐν τῷ ἀκούειν ἐσομένους ἀδελφοὺς τῶν ἀκουσάντων ἀποστόλων καὶ ἀποστόλοις συγκαταριθμησομένους. τὰ δὲ ῥητὰ οὕτως ἔχει· „μὴ φοβηθῆτε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι· φοβήθητε δὲ μᾶλλον τὸν δυνάμενον καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα ἀπολέσαι ἐν γεέννῃ“. καὶ ἑξῆς τούτοις διδάσκει ἡμᾶς ὁ κύριος, ὡς οὐκ ἄνευ προνοίας ἔρχεταί τις ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἀγῶνα. λέγεται γάρ· „οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται; καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται εἰς τὴν γῆν ἄνευ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. ὑμῶν δὲ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσί. μὴ οὖν φοβεῖσθε· πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς. πᾶς οὖν ὅστις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς· ὅστις δʼ ἂν ἀπαρνήσηταί με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀπαρνήσομαι αὐτὸν κἀγὼ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς“. ἰσοδυναμεῖ δὲ τούτοις τὰ παρὰ τῷ Λουκᾷ· „ταῦτα δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν τοῖς φίλοις μου, μὴ φοβηθῆτε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα μὴ ἐχόντων περισσότερόν τι ποιῆσαι. ὑποδείξω δὲ ὑμῖν τίνα φοβηθῆτε· φοβήθητε τὸν μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν ἐμβαλεῖν εἰς γέενναν. ναὶ λέγω ὑμῖν, τοῦτον φοβήθητε. οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία δύο ἀσσαρίων πωλεῖται; καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται. μὴ οὖν φοβηθῆτε· πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε. λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν· πᾶς ὃς ἂν ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὁμολογήσει ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ θεοῦ· ὁ δὲ ἀρνησάμενός με ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπαρνηθήσεται ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ θεοῦ.“ καὶ ἐν ἄλλῳ τόπῳ· „ὃς γὰρ ἂν αἰσχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους, τοῦτον ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπαισχυνθήσεται, ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῶν ἁγίων ἀγγέλων.“ τούτῳ δὲ παραπλήσιον καὶ ὁ Μάρκος τοιοῦτον ἀνέγραψεν· „ὃς γὰρ ἂν ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπαισχυνθήσεται αὐτὸν, ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρὸς μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν ἁγίων.“ οἱ ἀναιροῦντες οὖν ἡμᾶς σώματος ζωὴν ἀποκτέννουσι· τοιοῦτον γάρ ἐστι τό· „μὴ φοβηθῆτε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα“, αὐταῖς λέξεσιν ὑπὸ Ματθαίου καὶ Λουκᾶ εἰρημένον. καὶ μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναί γε τὸ σῶμα, κἂν θέλωσιν, οὐ δύνανται τὴν ψυχὴν ἀποκτεῖναι· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἔχουσι „περισσότερόν τι ποιῆσαι“. πῶς γὰρ δυνατὸν ἀναιρεθῆναι ψυχὴν ὑπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς ὁμολογίας ζωοποιηθεῖσαν; ἀντιμαρτυροῦντος αὐτῇ τοῦ προτρεπομένου ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὸ μαρτύριον ἐν τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ καὶ τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ, ἔνθα γέγραπται· „γένεσθέ μοι μάρτυρες, κἀγὼ μάρτυς, λέγει κύριος ὁ θεὸς, καὶ ὁ παῖς ὃν ἐξελεξάμην.“ καὶ τοῦτο δὲ τήρει, ὅτι οὐ δούλοις τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἀλλὰ „φίλοις“ αὐτοῦ δέδοται ἐντολὴ ἥδε· „μὴ φοβηθῆτε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα μὴ ἐχόντων περισσότερόν τι ποιῆσαι.“ φοβητέον τοίνυν „τὸν δυνάμενον καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα ἀπολέσαι ἐν γεέννῃ.“ οὗτος γὰρ μόνος „μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι“ ἔχει „ἐξουσίαν ἐμβαλεῖν εἰς γέενναν.“ καὶ ἐμβαλεῖ γε τοὺς φοβηθέντας ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα καὶ τοὺς μὴ φοβηθέντας „τὸν δυνάμενον καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα ἀπολέσαι ἐν γεέννῃ“ καὶ „τὸν μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν ἐμβαλεῖν εἰς γέενναν“. εἴ τινος δὲ ἄλλου „τῆς κεφαλῆς αἱ τρίχες ἠριθμημέναι εἰσὶ“, κἀκείνοις δηλονότι τοῖς διὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀποτεμνομένοις, ὁμολογήσομεν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ οὐ θεῶν ἔμπροσθεν· ἵνʼ ἡμᾶς ἀμείψηται ὁ ὁμολογηθεὶς, ὁμολογήσας ἡμᾶς ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ὁμολογήσας τὸν ὁμολογήσαντα αὐτὸν ἐπὶ γῆς αὐτὸς ἐν οὐρανοῖς.
Kai touto de paratērēsōmen, hoti ouk en tois pros tous pollous logois ta peri martyriou prophēteuetai hypo tou sōtēros allʼ en tois pros tous apostolous. proeirēmenou gar tou; „toutous tous dōdeka apesteilen ho Iēsous parangeilas autois; eis hodon ethnōn mē apelthēte“ kai ta hexēs, epipheretai to; „prosechete apo tōn anthrōpōn; paradōsousi gar hymas eis synedria, kai en tais synagōgais autōn mastigōsousin hymas; kai epi hēgemonas kai basileis achthēsesthe heneken emou, eis martyrion autois kai tois ethnesin. hotan de paradōsin hymas, mē merimnēsēte, pōs ē ti lalēsēte; dothēsetai gar hymin en ekeinę̄ tę̄ hōrą ti lalēsēte; ou gar hymeis este hoi lalountes, alla to pneuma tou patros to laloun en hymin. paradōsei de adelphos adelphon eis thanaton kai patēr teknon, kai epanastēsontai tekna epi goneis kai thanatōsousin autous. kai esesthe misoumenoi hypo pantōn dia to onoma mou. ho de hypomeinas eis telos, houtos sōthēsetai. hotan de diōkōsin hymas en tę̄ polei tautę̄, pheugete eis tēn heteran, kan ek tautēs diōkōsin, pheugete eis tēn allēn; amēn gar legō hymin. ou mē telesēte tas poleis tou Israēl, heōs an elthę̄ ho huios tou anthrōpou.“ kai ho Loukas de toiauta anagraphei; „hotan de pherōsin hymas epi tas synagōgas kai tas archas kai tas exousias, mē merimnēsēte, pōs apologēsēsthe ē ti eipēte; to gar hagion pneuma didaxei hymas en autę̄ tę̄ hōrą ha dei eipein.“ kai methʼ hetera; „thesthe oun en tais kardiais hymōn mē meletan apologēthēnai; egō gar dōsō hymin stoma kai sophian, hę̄ ou dynēsontai antistēnai ē anteipein pantes hoi antikeimenoi hymin. paradothēsesthe de kai hypo goneōn kai adelphōn kai syngenōn kai philōn, kai thanatōsousin ex hymōn, kai esesthe misoumenoi hypo pantōn dia to onoma mou. kai thrix ek tēs kephalēs hymōn ou mē apolētai; en tę̄ hypomonę̄ hymōn ktēsasthe tas psychas hymōn.“ toiauta de kai ho Markos phēsin; „hotan de agōsin hymas paradidontes, mē promerimnate mēde promeletate ti lalēsēte, allʼ ho ean dothę̄ hymin ekeinę̄ tę̄ hōrą, ekeino laleite; ou gar este hymeis hoi lalountes alla to pneuma to hagion. paradōsei de adelphos adelphon eis thanaton kai patēr teknon, kai epanastēsontai tekna epi goneis kai thanatōsousin autous. kai esesthe misoumenoi hypo pantōn dia to onoma mou; ho de hypomeinas eis telos, houtos sōthēsetai.“ kai tauta de para tǭ Matthaiǭ epi martyrion protrepomena ou pros allous ē tous dōdeka eirētai; hōn akouein kai hēmas deēsei en tǭ akouein esomenous adelphous tōn akousantōn apostolōn kai apostolois synkatarithmēsomenous. ta de rhēta houtōs echei; „mē phobēthēte apo tōn apoktennontōn to sōma, tēn de psychēn mē dynamenōn apokteinai; phobēthēte de mallon ton dynamenon kai psychēn kai sōma apolesai en geennę̄“. kai hexēs toutois didaskei hēmas ho kyrios, hōs ouk aneu pronoias erchetai tis epi ton tou martyriou agōna. legetai gar; „ouchi dyo strouthia assariou pōleitai? kai hen ex autōn ou peseitai eis tēn gēn aneu tou patros tou en tois ouranois. hymōn de hai triches tēs kephalēs pasai ērithmēmenai eisi. mē oun phobeisthe; pollōn strouthiōn diapherete hymeis. pas oun hostis homologēsei en emoi emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, homologēsō kagō en autǭ emprosthen tou patros mou tou en ouranois; hostis dʼ an aparnēsētai me emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, aparnēsomai auton kagō emprosthen tou patros mou tou en ouranois“. isodynamei de toutois ta para tǭ Louką; „tauta de legō hymin tois philois mou, mē phobēthēte apo tōn apoktennontōn to sōma kai meta tauta mē echontōn perissoteron ti poiēsai. hypodeixō de hymin tina phobēthēte; phobēthēte ton meta to apokteinai echonta exousian embalein eis geennan. nai legō hymin, touton phobēthēte. ouchi pente strouthia dyo assariōn pōleitai? kai hen ex autōn ouk estin epilelēsmenon enōpion tou theou. alla kai hai triches tēs kephalēs hymōn pasai ērithmēntai. mē oun phobēthēte; pollōn strouthiōn diapherete. legō de hymin; pas hos an homologēsę̄ en emoi emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, kai ho huios tou anthrōpou homologēsei en autǭ emprosthen tōn angelōn tou theou; ho de arnēsamenos me enōpion tōn anthrōpōn aparnēthēsetai enōpion tōn angelōn tou theou.“ kai en allǭ topǭ; „hos gar an aischynthę̄ me kai tous emous logous, touton ho huios tou anthrōpou epaischynthēsetai, hotan elthę̄ en tę̄ doxę̄ autou kai tou patros kai tōn hagiōn angelōn.“ toutǭ de paraplēsion kai ho Markos toiouton anegrapsen; „hos gar an epaischynthę̄ me kai tous emous logous en tę̄ geneą tę̄ moichalidi kai hamartōlǭ, kai ho huios tou anthrōpou epaischynthēsetai auton, hotan elthę̄ en tę̄ doxę̄ tou patros meta tōn angelōn tōn hagiōn.“ hoi anairountes oun hēmas sōmatos zōēn apoktennousi; toiouton gar esti to; „mē phobēthēte apo tōn apoktennontōn to sōma“, autais lexesin hypo Matthaiou kai Louka eirēmenon. kai meta to apokteinai ge to sōma, kan thelōsin, ou dynantai tēn psychēn apokteinai; allʼ oude echousi „perissoteron ti poiēsai“. pōs gar dynaton anairethēnai psychēn hypʼ autēs tēs homologias zōopoiētheisan? antimartyrountos autę̄ tou protrepomenou hēmas epi to martyrion en tǭ Hēsaïą kai tou paidos autou, entha gegraptai; „genesthe moi martyres, kagō martys, legei kyrios ho theos, kai ho pais hon exelexamēn.“ kai touto de tērei, hoti ou doulois tou Iēsou alla „philois“ autou dedotai entolē hēde; „mē phobēthēte apo tōn apoktennontōn to sōma kai meta tauta mē echontōn perissoteron ti poiēsai.“ phobēteon toinyn „ton dynamenon kai psychēn kai sōma apolesai en geennę̄.“ houtos gar monos „meta to apokteinai“ echei „exousian embalein eis geennan.“ kai embalei ge tous phobēthentas apo tōn apoktennontōn to sōma kai tous mē phobēthentas „ton dynamenon kai psychēn kai sōma apolesai en geennę̄“ kai „ton meta to apokteinai echonta exousian embalein eis geennan“. ei tinos de allou „tēs kephalēs hai triches ērithmēmenai eisi“, kakeinois dēlonoti tois dia ton Iēsoun apotemnomenois, homologēsomen en tǭ huiǭ tou theou kai tōn anthrōpōn kai ou theōn emprosthen; hinʼ hēmas ameipsētai ho homologētheis, homologēsas hēmas emprosthen tou theou kai patros heautou kai homologēsas ton homologēsanta auton epi gēs autos en ouranois.
And let us observe this too: that the Savior's prophecies about martyrdom are given not in his words to the multitudes but in those to the apostles. For after it has first been said, “These twelve Jesus sent out, charging them: Do not go into the way of the Gentiles,” and what follows, there is added: “Beware of men; for they will deliver you up to councils and flog you in their synagogues; and you will be dragged before governors and kings for my sake, as a testimony to them and to the Gentiles. When they deliver you up, do not be anxious how or what you are to speak; for what you are to speak will be given to you in that hour; for it is not you who speak, but the Spirit of your Father speaking in you. Brother will deliver up brother to death, and the father his child, and children will rise against parents and have them put to death. And you will be hated by all for my name's sake. But he who endures to the end will be saved. When they persecute you in this city, flee to the next, and if they persecute you from that one, flee to another; for truly I say to you, you will not finish the cities of Israel before the Son of Man comes.” And Luke records similar things: “When they bring you before the synagogues and the rulers and the authorities, do not be anxious how you are to make your defense or what you are to say; for the Holy Spirit will teach you in that very hour what you ought to say.” And after other things: “Settle it therefore in your hearts not to meditate beforehand how to answer; for I will give you a mouth and wisdom, which none of your adversaries will be able to withstand or contradict. You will be delivered up even by parents and brothers and relatives and friends, and some of you they will put to death, and you will be hated by all for my name's sake. And not a hair of your head will perish. By your endurance you will gain your lives.” And Mark says similar things: “When they lead you away and deliver you up, do not be anxious beforehand or meditate what you are to say; but say whatever is given you in that hour; for it is not you who speak, but the Holy Spirit. Brother will deliver up brother to death, and the father his child, and children will rise against parents and have them put to death. And you will be hated by all for my name's sake; but he who endures to the end will be saved.” And these words also, in Matthew, which urge us on to martyrdom, were spoken to no others than the Twelve; and we too must hear them, as those who will be brothers of the apostles who heard them, and will be counted with the apostles. The sayings run thus: “Do not fear those who kill the body but cannot kill the soul; rather fear him who can destroy both soul and body in Gehenna.” And next to this the Lord teaches us that no one comes into the contest of martyrdom without providence. For it is said: “Are not two sparrows sold for a penny? And not one of them will fall to the ground without your Father in heaven. But even the hairs of your head are all numbered. Do not fear, therefore; you are of more value than many sparrows. So everyone who confesses in me before men, I also will confess in him before my Father in heaven; but whoever denies me before men, I also will deny him before my Father in heaven.” Equivalent to these are the words in Luke: “I say to you, my friends, do not fear those who kill the body, and after that have nothing more that they can do. But I will show you whom to fear: fear him who, after he has killed, has authority to cast into Gehenna; yes, I tell you, fear him. Are not five sparrows sold for two pennies? And not one of them is forgotten before God. Why, even the hairs of your head are all numbered. Fear not; you are of more value than many sparrows. And I tell you, everyone who confesses in me before men, the Son of Man also will confess in him before the angels of God; but he who denies me before men will be denied before the angels of God.” And in another place: “For whoever is ashamed of me and of my words, of him will the Son of Man be ashamed when he comes in his glory and that of the Father and of the holy angels.” And Mark recorded something close to this: “For whoever is ashamed of me and of my words in this adulterous and sinful generation, of him will the Son of Man also be ashamed, when he comes in the glory of his Father with the holy angels.” Those, then, who put us to death kill the life of the body; for such is the meaning of “Do not fear those who kill the body,” said in these very words by Matthew and by Luke. And after they have killed the body, even if they wish, they cannot kill the soul; nor do they “have anything more that they can do.” For how is it possible for a soul to be destroyed that has been made alive by its confession itself? For he who urges us to martyrdom in Isaiah, and his Servant, bear witness to it in return, where it is written: “Be witnesses for me, and I am a witness, says the Lord God, and the Servant whom I have chosen.” And note this also: that this commandment was given not to Jesus' servants but to his “friends”: “Do not fear those who kill the body, and after that have nothing more that they can do.” We must fear, then, “him who can destroy both soul and body in Gehenna.” For he alone “after he has killed has authority to cast into Gehenna.” And he will cast into it those who have feared those who kill the body and have not feared “him who can destroy both soul and body in Gehenna,” and “him who after he has killed has authority to cast into Gehenna.” And if the hairs of anyone's head “are numbered,” they are clearly numbered for those beheaded for Jesus' sake; let us confess in the Son of God, and before men and not before gods, so that he who has been confessed may repay us by confessing us before his God and Father, and himself confess in heaven the one who confessed him on earth.
Chapter 35
35Koetschau 1:32–33
Τίς δ᾿ἂν λογισάμενος τὰ τοιαῦτα οὐκ ἐπιφθέγξεται τὸ ἀποστολικὸν ἐκεῖνο· „ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν δόξαν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι εἰς ἡμᾶς.“ πῶς γὰρ οὐ πολλῷ μείζων ὁμολογίας τῆς ἔμπροσθεν ἀνθρώπων ἡ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρὸς ὁμολογία; πῶς δ᾿οὐ καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπερέχουσα τῆς ἐπὶ γῆς ὁμολογίας, ἣν οἱ μάρτυρες ὁμολογοῦσι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἡ ἐν οὐρανοῖς τοῦ ὁμολογηθέντος ὁμολογία; λογισάμενος δέ τις ἀρνήσασθαι „ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων“ ὑπομιμνησκέσθω τοῦ ἀψευδῶς εἰπόντος· „ἀπαρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς.“ ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ μὲν Ματθαῖος ἀνέγραψεν· „ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς“, ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς· „καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὁμολογήσει ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ θεοῦ“, ἐφίστημι, μή ποτε ὁ μὲν „πάσης κτίσεως“ „πρωτότοκος“, ἡ „εἰκὼν τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ“, ὁμολογήσῃ τὸν ὁμολογήσαντα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς πατρὸς, ὁ δὲ γενόμενος „ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυὶδ κατὰ σάρκα“ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο „υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου“ τυγχάνων καὶ γενόμενος ἐκ γυναικὸς καὶ αὐτῆς οὔσης ἀνθρώπου καὶ διὰ τοῦτο χρηματίζων „υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου“, ὅσπερ νοεῖται ὁ κατὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἄνθρωπος, ὁμολογήσῃ τοὺς ὁμολογήσαντας „ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ θεοῦ.“ τὸ δʼ ἀνάλογον καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀρνησαμένων ἀποδοτέον. ἔτι δὲ καὶ τοῦτο θεωρητέον, ὅτι ὁ μὲν ὁμολογῶν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ „ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων“ τὸ ὅσον ἐφʼ ἑαυτῷ συνίστησι χριστιανισμὸν καὶ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ χριστιανισμοῦ τούτου ἐφʼ ὧν ὁμολογεῖ· ὁ δὲ ὁμολογούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ πάσης κτίσεως πρωτοτόκου καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου συνίσταται διὰ τῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὁμολογίας τῷ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς πατρὶ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις τοῦ θεοῦ. εἴπερ δὲ „οὐχ ὁ αὑτὸν συνιστάνων, ἐκεῖνός ἐστι δόκιμος, ἀλλὰ ὃν ὁ κύριος συνίστησι“, πῶς οὐ χρὴ νομίζειν εἶναι δόκιμον τὸν ἄξιον κριθέντα τῆς πρὸς τὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς πατέρα καὶ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ θεοῦ συστάσεως; εἰ δὲ δόκιμος οὗτος καὶ οἱ παραπλήσιοι αὐτῷ, οὓς „ὡς χρυσὸν ἐν χωνευτηρίῳ“ ταῖς βασάνοις καὶ ταῖς ἐξετάσεσιν „ἐδοκίμασεν“ ὁ κύριος „καὶ ὡς ὁλοκάρπωμα θυσίας προσεδέξατο“, τί χρὴ λέγειν περὶ τῶν ἐλεγχθέντων ἐν τῇ καμίνῳ τοῦ πειρασμοῦ καὶ ἀρνησαμένων, οὓς ὡς ἀδοκίμους ἀρνεῖται ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς πατρὸς καὶ „ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ θεοῦ“ ὁ τὸν ἄξιον ἀρνήσεως ἀρνούμενος;
Tis d᾿an logisamenos ta toiauta ouk epiphthenxetai to apostolikon ekeino; „hoti ouk axia ta pathēmata tou nyn kairou pros tēn mellousan doxan apokalyphthēnai eis hēmas.“ pōs gar ou pollǭ meizōn homologias tēs emprosthen anthrōpōn hē emprosthen tou patros homologia? pōs d᾿ou kathʼ hyperbolēn hyperechousa tēs epi gēs homologias, hēn hoi martyres homologousi ton huion tou theou, hē en ouranois tou homologēthentos homologia? logisamenos de tis arnēsasthai „emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn“ hypomimnēskesthō tou apseudōs eipontos; „aparnēsomai kagō auton emprosthen tou patros mou tou en tois ouranois.“ epei de ho men Matthaios anegrapsen; „homologēsō kagō en autǭ emprosthen tou patros mou tou en ouranois“, ho de Loukas; „kai ho huios tou anthrōpou homologēsei en autǭ emprosthen tōn angelōn tou theou“, ephistēmi, mē pote ho men „pasēs ktiseōs“ „prōtotokos“, hē „eikōn tou aoratou theou“, homologēsę̄ ton homologēsanta emprosthen tou en tois ouranois patros, ho de genomenos „ek spermatos Dauid kata sarka“ kai dia touto „huios anthrōpou“ tynchanōn kai genomenos ek gynaikos kai autēs ousēs anthrōpou kai dia touto chrēmatizōn „huios anthrōpou“, hosper noeitai ho kata ton Iēsoun anthrōpos, homologēsę̄ tous homologēsantas „emprosthen tōn angelōn tou theou.“ to dʼ analogon kai peri tōn arnēsamenōn apodoteon. eti de kai touto theōrēteon, hoti ho men homologōn en tǭ huiǭ „emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn“ to hoson ephʼ heautǭ synistēsi christianismon kai ton patera tou christianismou toutou ephʼ hōn homologei; ho de homologoumenos hypo tou pasēs ktiseōs prōtotokou kai tou huiou tou anthrōpou synistatai dia tēs tou huiou tou theou kai tou huiou tou anthrōpou homologias tǭ en tois ouranois patri kai tois angelois tou theou. eiper de „ouch ho hauton synistanōn, ekeinos esti dokimos, alla hon ho kyrios synistēsi“, pōs ou chrē nomizein einai dokimon ton axion krithenta tēs pros ton en ouranois patera kai tēs pros tous angelous tou theou systaseōs? ei de dokimos houtos kai hoi paraplēsioi autǭ, hous „hōs chryson en chōneutēriǭ“ tais basanois kai tais exetasesin „edokimasen“ ho kyrios „kai hōs holokarpōma thysias prosedexato“, ti chrē legein peri tōn elenchthentōn en tę̄ kaminǭ tou peirasmou kai arnēsamenōn, hous hōs adokimous arneitai emprosthen tou en tois ouranois patros kai „enōpion tōn angelōn tou theou“ ho ton axion arnēseōs arnoumenos?
Who, having considered such things, will not cry out that saying of the apostle: “That the sufferings of the present time are not worth comparing with the glory that is to be revealed to us”? For how is confession before the Father not far greater than confession before men? And how does the confession in heaven by the one who has been confessed not exceed beyond measure the confession on earth by which the martyrs confess the Son of God? And let anyone who is thinking of denying “before men” remember him who said without falsehood: “I also will deny him before my Father in heaven.” And since Matthew recorded, “I also will confess in him before my Father in heaven,” and Luke, “the Son of Man also will confess in him before the angels of God,” I consider whether perhaps “the firstborn” of “all creation,” “the image of the invisible God,” will confess the one who confessed him before the Father in heaven, while he who was born “of the seed of David according to the flesh,” and is for this reason “son of man,” and was born of a woman who was herself a human being and is for this reason called “Son of Man”—by which is understood the man in Jesus—will confess those who confessed him “before the angels of God.” The corresponding account must be given of those who deny. And this too must be considered: that the one who confesses in the Son “before men” commends, as far as in him lies, Christianity and the Father of this Christianity to those before whom he confesses; while the one who is confessed by the firstborn of all creation and by the Son of Man is commended, through the confession of the Son of God and of the Son of Man, to the Father in heaven and to the angels of God. And if “it is not the one who commends himself who is approved, but the one whom the Lord commends,” how must we not consider approved the one judged worthy of being commended to the Father in heaven and to the angels of God? And if he is approved, and those like him, whom the Lord “tested” by tortures and examinations “like gold in the furnace and accepted like a whole burnt offering,” what must be said of those who have been exposed in the furnace of temptation and have denied, whom he who denies the one deserving denial denies as unapproved before the Father in heaven and “before the angels of God”?
Chapter 36
36Koetschau 1:33–34
Καὶ οὐ μόνον γε πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἀρνήσασθαι ἀγωνιστέον ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὸ μηδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν αἰσχυνθῆναι νομιζόμενον παρὰ τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις θεοῦ αἰσχύνης ἄξια πάσχειν· καὶ μάλιστα εἰ δοξασθεὶς καὶ ἀποδεχθεὶς ὑπὸ πλείστων ὅσων πόλεων νῦν ὡσπερεὶ πομπεύεις αἴρων τὸν σταυρὸν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἱερὲ Ἀμβρόσιε, καὶ ἀκολουθῶν αὐτῷ προσάγοντί σε ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς, ἵνα αὐτός σοι συμπορευθεὶς αὐτός σοι καὶ δῷ στόμα καὶ σοφίαν καὶ σοὶ τῷ συναγωνιστῇ αὐτοῦ, Πρωτόκτητε, καὶ συμμαρτυροῦσιν ὑμῖν τοῖς ἀναπληροῦσι „τὰ ὑστερήματα“ τῶν παθημάτων „τοῦ Χριστοῦ“, καὶ σὺν ὑμῖν γένηται ἐπὶ τὸν παράδεισον τοῦ θεοῦ ὑποδεικνὺς, πῶς ἂν διοδεύσητέ τε „τὰ χερουβὶμ καὶ τὴν φλογίνην ῥομφαίαν, τὴν στρεφομένην καὶ φυλάσσουσαν τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς“. ταῦτα γὰρ ἀμφότερα εἰ καὶ φυλάσσει „τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς“, φυλάσσει, ἵνα μηδεὶς ἀνάξιος ἐπιτραπῇ αὐτὴν διελθὼν ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς. ἡ μὲν γὰρ φλογίνη ῥομφαία καθέξει τοὺς ἐποικοδομήσαντας τῷ κειμένῳ θεμελίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ „ξύλα ἢ χόρτον ἢ καλάμην“ καὶ τὸ εὐκαυστότατον καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον καιόμενον ξύλον τῆς, ἵνʼ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, ἀρνήσεως· τὰ δὲ χερουβὶμ τοὺς οὐ πεφυκότας κρατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῆς φλογίνης ῥομφαίας τῷ μηδὲν συγγενὲς αὐτῇ ᾠκοδομηκέναι παραλαβόντα παραπέμψει ἐπὶ „τὸ τῆς ζωῆς ξύλον“ καὶ πάντα ἃ „ἐφύτευσεν ὁ θεὸς“ ἐν ταῖς ἀνατολαῖς καὶ „ἐξανέτειλεν“ „ἐκ τῆς γῆς“. Ἰησοῦ δὲ συνοδεύοντος ὑμῖν ἐπὶ τὸν παράδεισον καταφρονήσατε τοῦ ὄφεως νενικημένου καὶ συντριβέντος ὑπὸ τοὺς Ἰησοῦ πόδας καὶ διʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ ὑπὸ τοὺς ὑμετέρους, δεδωκότος „ὑμῖν ἐξουσίαν πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ, ἵνα μηδὲν ὑμᾶς αὐτῶν ἀδικήσῃ.“
Kai ou monon ge pros to mē arnēsasthai agōnisteon alla kai pros to mēde tēn archēn aischynthēnai nomizomenon para tois allotriois theou aischynēs axia paschein; kai malista ei doxastheis kai apodechtheis hypo pleistōn hosōn poleōn nyn hōsperei pompeueis airōn ton stauron tou Iēsou, hiere Ambrosie, kai akolouthōn autǭ prosagonti se epi hēgemonas kai basileis, hina autos soi symporeutheis autos soi kai dǭ stoma kai sophian kai soi tǭ synagōnistę̄ autou, Prōtoktēte, kai symmartyrousin hymin tois anaplērousi „ta hysterēmata“ tōn pathēmatōn „tou Christou“, kai syn hymin genētai epi ton paradeison tou theou hypodeiknys, pōs an diodeusēte te „ta cheroubim kai tēn phloginēn rhomphaian, tēn strephomenēn kai phylassousan tēn hodon tou xylou tēs zōēs“. tauta gar amphotera ei kai phylassei „tēn hodon tou xylou tēs zōēs“, phylassei, hina mēdeis anaxios epitrapę̄ autēn dielthōn elthein epi to xylon tēs zōēs. hē men gar phloginē rhomphaia kathexei tous epoikodomēsantas tǭ keimenǭ themeliǭ Iēsou Christǭ „xyla ē chorton ē kalamēn“ kai to eukaustotaton kai epi pleion kaiomenon xylon tēs, hinʼ houtōs onomasō, arnēseōs; ta de cheroubim tous ou pephykotas krateisthai hypo tēs phloginēs rhomphaias tǭ mēden syngenes autę̄ ǭkodomēkenai paralabonta parapempsei epi „to tēs zōēs xylon“ kai panta ha „ephyteusen ho theos“ en tais anatolais kai „exaneteilen“ „ek tēs gēs“. Iēsou de synodeuontos hymin epi ton paradeison kataphronēsate tou opheōs nenikēmenou kai syntribentos hypo tous Iēsou podas kai diʼ autou kai hypo tous hymeterous, dedōkotos „hymin exousian patein epanō opheōn kai skorpiōn kai epi pasan tēn dynamin tou echthrou, hina mēden hymas autōn adikēsę̄.“
And we must contend not only not to deny but also not to be ashamed at all of suffering what those who are strangers to God think deserving of shame; especially you, holy Ambrose, who, having been glorified and welcomed by a great many cities, now as it were go in procession, carrying the cross of Jesus and following him as he leads you before governors and kings, so that he himself, journeying with you, may give you a mouth and wisdom, and to you also, Protoctetus, his fellow contestant, and to those who share in martyrdom with you, who fill up “what is lacking” in the sufferings “of Christ”; and that he may go with you to the paradise of God, showing you how you may pass through “the cherubim and the flaming sword that turns and guards the way to the tree of life.” For if both of these guard “the way to the tree of life,” they guard it so that no unworthy person may be allowed to pass through it and come to the tree of life. For the flaming sword will hold back those who have built on the laid foundation, Jesus Christ, “wood or hay or straw,” and the most combustible and longest-burning wood of, if I may so name it, denial; while the cherubim will receive those who are not of a nature to be held by the flaming sword, because they have built nothing akin to it, and will send them on to “the tree of life” and to all that “God planted” in the east and “made to spring up” “from the earth.” And with Jesus journeying with you to paradise, despise the serpent, conquered and crushed under the feet of Jesus, and through him under yours too, since he has given “you authority to tread upon serpents and scorpions, and over all the power of the enemy, and nothing shall hurt you.”
Chapter 37
37Koetschau 1:34–35
Οὔτʼ οὖν ἀρνητέον τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ οὔτʼ ἐπαισχυντέον αὐτὸν ἢ τοὺς οἰκείους αὐτοῦ ἢ τοὺς λόγους αὐτοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἀκουστέον τοῦδε· „ὅστις δʼ ἂν ἀπαρνήσηταί με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀπαρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, “ καὶ τοῦ· „ὃς γὰρ ἂν ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς, τοῦτον ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπαισχυνθήσεται, ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῶν ἁγίων ἀγγέλων, “ καὶ τοῦ· „ὃς γὰρ ἂν ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπαισχυνθήσεται αὐτὸν, ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρὸς μετὰ τῶν ἁγίων ἀγγέλων“. καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς δέ ποτε „ὑπέμεινε σταυρὸν αἰσχύνης καταφρονήσας“ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο „ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ“ τοῦ θεοῦ· καὶ οἱ μιμηταὶ δὲ αὐτοῦ αἰσχύνης καταφρονοῦντες συγκαθεδοῦνται αὐτῷ καὶ συμβασιλεύσουσιν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς τῷ ἐλθόντι οὐκ „εἰρήνην ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν“ βαλεῖν ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τῶν μαθητῶν ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ „μάχαιραν“ βαλεῖν „ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν“. ἐπεὶ γὰρ „ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ζῶν καὶ ἐνεργὴς καὶ τομώτερος ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν δίστομον καὶ διϊκνούμενος ἄχρι μερισμοῦ ψυχῆς καὶ πνεύματος, ἁρμῶν τε καὶ μυελῶν, καὶ κριτικὸς ἐνθυμήσεων καὶ ἐννοιῶν καρδίας“, οὗτος μάλιστα νῦν εἰρήνην μὲν τὴν ὑπερέχουσαν πάντα νοῦν, ἣν ἀφῆκε τοῖς ἀποστόλοις ἑαυτοῦ, βραβεύει ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡμῶν, μάχαιραν δὲ ἔβαλε μεταξὺ τῆς τοῦ χοϊκοῦ εἰκόνος καὶ τῆς τοῦ ἐπουρανίου· ἵνʼ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος τὸν ἐπουράνιον ἡμῶν παραλαβὼν ὕστερον ἀξίους γενομένους τοῦ μὴ διχοτομηθῆναι ἡμᾶς ἐξ ὅλων ποιήσῃ ἐπουρανίους. καὶ οὐ μόνην „μάχαιραν“ ἦλθε βαλεῖν „ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν“ ἀλλὰ καὶ „πῦρ“, περὶ οὗ φησι· „θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη“. ἀναφθήτω τοιγαροῦν τοῦτο τὸ πῦρ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν ἐξαφανίζον πάντα γήϊνον καὶ φιλοσώματον λογισμὸν ὑμῶν· καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα, περὶ οὗ ὁ Ἰησοῦς συνείχετο „ἕως τελεσθῇ“, μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας βαπτίσασθε νῦν. καὶ σὺ μὲν ὁ ἔχων „γυναῖκα καὶ τέκνα καὶ ἀδελφοὺς καὶ ἀδελφὰς“ μέμνησο τοῦ· „εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρός με καὶ οὐ μισεῖ τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ τὰ τέκνα καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τὰς ἀδελφὰς, οὐ δύναταί μου μαθητὴς εἶναι“, ἀμφότεροι δὲ τοῦ· „εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρός με καὶ οὐ μισεῖ“ πρὸς τοῖς προτέροις „ἔτι καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν, οὐ δύναταί μου μαθητὴς εἶναι“. ἀλλʼ οὕτω μισήσατε τὴν ἑαυτῶν ψυχὴν, ὡς διὰ τοῦ μισεῖν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάσσειν αὐτήν· „ὁ γὰρ μισῶν“, φησὶ, „τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάσσει αὐτήν.“ οὐκοῦν τὴν ψυχὴν διὰ τὴν αἰώνιον ζωὴν μισήσατε πειθόμενοι ὅτι καλὸν καὶ ὠφέλιμον μῖσος διδάσκει μισεῖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς. ὥσπερ δὲ ὑπὲρ τοῦ φυλαχθῆναι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον τὴν ψυχὴν μισητέον ἡμῖν ἔσται αὐτὴν, οὕτως „γυναῖκα καὶ τέκνα καὶ ἀδελφοὺς καὶ ἀδελφὰς“ μίσησον ὁ ἔχων ταῦτα, ἵνʼ ὠφελήσῃς τοὺς μισουμένους διʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ μεμισηκέναι παῤῥησίαν ἀναλαμβάνων πρὸς τὸ εὐεργετεῖν αὐτοὺς φίλος γενόμενος θεῷ.
Outʼ oun arnēteon ton huion tou theou outʼ epaischynteon auton ē tous oikeious autou ē tous logous autou, allʼ akousteon toude; „hostis dʼ an aparnēsētai me emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, aparnēsomai kagō auton emprosthen tou patros mou tou en tois ouranois, “ kai tou; „hos gar an epaischynthę̄ me kai tous emous, touton ho huios tou anthrōpou epaischynthēsetai, hotan elthę̄ en tę̄ doxę̄ autou kai tou patros kai tōn hagiōn angelōn, “ kai tou; „hos gar an epaischynthę̄ me kai tous emous logous en tę̄ geneą tę̄ moichalidi kai hamartōlǭ, kai ho huios tou anthrōpou epaischynthēsetai auton, hotan elthę̄ en tę̄ doxę̄ tou patros meta tōn hagiōn angelōn“. kai ho Iēsous de pote „hypemeine stauron aischynēs kataphronēsas“ kai dia touto „ekathisen en dexią“ tou theou; kai hoi mimētai de autou aischynēs kataphronountes synkathedountai autǭ kai symbasileusousin en tois ouranois tǭ elthonti ouk „eirēnēn epi tēn gēn“ balein allʼ epi tēn psychēn tōn mathētōn heautou, kai „machairan“ balein „epi tēn gēn“. epei gar „ho logos tou theou zōn kai energēs kai tomōteros hyper pasan machairan distomon kai diïknoumenos achri merismou psychēs kai pneumatos, harmōn te kai myelōn, kai kritikos enthymēseōn kai ennoiōn kardias“, houtos malista nyn eirēnēn men tēn hyperechousan panta noun, hēn aphēke tois apostolois heautou, brabeuei tais psychais hēmōn, machairan de ebale metaxy tēs tou choïkou eikonos kai tēs tou epouraniou; hinʼ epi tou parontos ton epouranion hēmōn paralabōn hysteron axious genomenous tou mē dichotomēthēnai hēmas ex holōn poiēsę̄ epouranious. kai ou monēn „machairan“ ēlthe balein „epi tēn gēn“ alla kai „pyr“, peri hou phēsi; „thelō ei ēdē anēphthē“. anaphthētō toigaroun touto to pyr kai en hymin exaphanizon panta gēïnon kai philosōmaton logismon hymōn; kai to baptisma, peri hou ho Iēsous syneicheto „heōs telesthę̄“, meta pasēs prothymias baptisasthe nyn. kai sy men ho echōn „gynaika kai tekna kai adelphous kai adelphas“ memnēso tou; „ei tis erchetai pros me kai ou misei ton patera kai tēn mētera kai tēn gynaika kai ta tekna kai tous adelphous kai tas adelphas, ou dynatai mou mathētēs einai“, amphoteroi de tou; „ei tis erchetai pros me kai ou misei“ pros tois proterois „eti kai tēn heautou psychēn, ou dynatai mou mathētēs einai“. allʼ houtō misēsate tēn heautōn psychēn, hōs dia tou misein eis zōēn aiōnion phylassein autēn; „ho gar misōn“, phēsi, „tēn heautou psychēn en tǭ kosmǭ toutǭ eis zōēn aiōnion phylassei autēn.“ oukoun tēn psychēn dia tēn aiōnion zōēn misēsate peithomenoi hoti kalon kai ōphelimon misos didaskei misein ho Iēsous. hōsper de hyper tou phylachthēnai eis zōēn aiōnion tēn psychēn misēteon hēmin estai autēn, houtōs „gynaika kai tekna kai adelphous kai adelphas“ misēson ho echōn tauta, hinʼ ōphelēsę̄s tous misoumenous diʼ autou tou memisēkenai parrhēsian analambanōn pros to euergetein autous philos genomenos theǭ.
So we must neither deny the Son of God nor be ashamed of him or of those who belong to him or of his words, but we must listen to this: “Whoever denies me before men, I also will deny him before my Father in heaven”; and this: “For whoever is ashamed of me and of mine, of him will the Son of Man be ashamed when he comes in his glory and that of the Father and of the holy angels”; and this: “For whoever is ashamed of me and of my words in this adulterous and sinful generation, of him will the Son of Man also be ashamed, when he comes in the glory of the Father with the holy angels.” And Jesus once “endured the cross, despising the shame,” and for this reason “sat down at the right hand” of God; and his imitators too, despising shame, will sit with him and reign with him in heaven—with him who came not to bring “peace on earth” but to bring it upon the souls of his disciples, and to bring “a sword on the earth.” For since “the word of God is living and active and sharper than any two-edged sword, piercing to the division of soul and spirit, of joints and marrow, and discerning the thoughts and intentions of the heart,” he now above all rules our souls with the peace that surpasses all understanding, which he left to his apostles, while he has thrust a sword between the image of the man of dust and that of the heavenly man; so that for the present he may take to himself our heavenly part, and afterwards, when we have become worthy not to be cut in two, make us wholly heavenly. And he came to bring on the earth not a “sword” only but also “fire,” of which he says, “I would that it were already kindled!” Let this fire, then, be kindled in you too, consuming every earthly and body-loving thought of yours; and the baptism by which Jesus was constrained “until it was accomplished,” be baptized with it now with all eagerness. And you who have “wife and children and brothers and sisters,” remember this: “If anyone comes to me and does not hate his father and mother and wife and children and brothers and sisters, he cannot be my disciple”; and both of you remember this: “If anyone comes to me and does not hate,” besides the former things, “even his own soul, he cannot be my disciple.” But hate your own souls in such a way that by hating them you keep them for eternal life; “for he who hates,” he says, “his own soul in this world will keep it for eternal life.” So hate your soul for the sake of eternal life, persuaded that the hatred Jesus teaches us to feel is a good and useful hatred. And just as we must hate our soul in order that it may be kept for eternal life, so you who have “wife and children and brothers and sisters,” hate them, so that you may benefit those you hate by the very fact of having hated them, gaining boldness to do them good by becoming a friend of God.
Chapter 38
38Koetschau 1:35–36
Ἅμα δὲ καὶ ὑπομιμνήσκου τοῦ εὐξαμένου ἐν πνεύματι περὶ τέκνων μαρτύρων διὰ τὴν πρὸς θεὸν ἀγάπην αὐτῶν καταλελειμμένων καὶ φήσαντος· „περιποίησαι τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν τεθανατωμένων“. μόνον δὲ ἴσθι ὅτι „οὐ τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ“ καὶ ὅτι, ὥσπερ λέγεται τοῖς ἐκ σπέρματος Ἀβραὰμ τό τε· „οἶδα ὅτι σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ ἐστε“ καὶ τό· „εἰ τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἦτε, τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἐποιεῖτε“, οὕτως καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις σου λεχθήσεται· οἶδα ὅτι σπέρμα Ἀμβροσίου ἐστὲ καὶ τό· εἰ τέκνα τοῦ Ἀμβροσίου ἐστὲ, τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀμβροσίου ποιεῖτε. καὶ τάχα ποιήσουσι, πλείω ὠφελοῦντός σου αὐτὰ μετὰ τὴν τοιαύτην ἔξοδον ἢ εἰ παρέμενες αὐτοῖς. τότε γὰρ καὶ ἐπιστημονικώτερον αὐτὰ ἀγαπήσεις καὶ συνετώτερον περὶ αὐτῶν εὔξῃ, ἐὰν μάθῃς ὅτι τέκνα σου ἐστὶ καὶ οὐ σπέρμα μόνον. ἀνὰ στόμα νῦν ἔχε τό· „ὁ φιλῶν υἱὸν ἢ θυγατέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ οὐκ ἔστι μου ἄξιος“ καὶ τό· „ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτὴν, καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν.“
Hama de kai hypomimnēskou tou euxamenou en pneumati peri teknōn martyrōn dia tēn pros theon agapēn autōn kataleleimmenōn kai phēsantos; „peripoiēsai tous huious tōn tethanatōmenōn“. monon de isthi hoti „ou ta tekna tēs sarkos tauta tekna tou theou“ kai hoti, hōsper legetai tois ek spermatos Abraam to te; „oida hoti sperma Abraam este“ kai to; „ei tekna tou Abraam ēte, ta erga tou Abraam epoieite“, houtōs kai tois teknois sou lechthēsetai; oida hoti sperma Ambrosiou este kai to; ei tekna tou Ambrosiou este, ta erga tou Ambrosiou poieite. kai tacha poiēsousi, pleiō ōphelountos sou auta meta tēn toiautēn exodon ē ei paremenes autois. tote gar kai epistēmonikōteron auta agapēseis kai synetōteron peri autōn euxę̄, ean mathę̄s hoti tekna sou esti kai ou sperma monon. ana stoma nyn eche to; „ho philōn huion ē thygatera hyper eme ouk esti mou axios“ kai to; „ho heurōn tēn psychēn autou apolesei autēn, kai ho apolesas tēn psychēn autou heneken emou heurēsei autēn.“
At the same time remember also the one who prayed in the Spirit about the children of martyrs, left behind because of their love for God, and said: “Preserve the sons of those who have been put to death.” Only know that “it is not the children of the flesh who are children of God,” and that, just as it is said to those of Abraham's seed, “I know that you are Abraham's seed,” and, “If you were Abraham's children, you would do the works of Abraham,” so it will be said to your children too: “I know that you are Ambrose's seed,” and, “If you are Ambrose's children, you do the works of Ambrose.” And perhaps they will do them, since you will benefit them more after such a departure than if you remained with them. For then you will love them with more knowledge and pray for them with more understanding, if you learn that they are your children and not only your seed. Have on your lips now the words, “He who loves son or daughter more than me is not worthy of me,” and, “He who finds his life will lose it, and he who loses his life for my sake will find it.”
Chapter 39
39Koetschau 1:36–37
Τόπον διὰ τῆς εἰς τὸ μαρτύριον προθυμίας δότε τῷ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν πνεύματι λαλοῦντι τοῖς διὰ θεοσέβειαν παραδοθεῖσιν· ἐὰν εἰδῆτε ἑαυτοὺς μισουμένους καὶ βδελυκτοὺς καὶ ἀσεβεῖς εἶναι νομιζομένους, τότε ἀναλάβετε τό· „διὰ τοῦτο ὁ κόσμος ὑμᾶς μισεῖ“, „ὅτι οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου·“ „εἰ γὰρ ἦτε ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, ὁ κόσμος ἂν τὸ ἴδιον ἐφίλει“. πολλοὺς ὀνειδισμοὺς διὰ Χριστὸν καὶ πολλοὺς κινδύνους, ἐξ οὗ πεπιστεύκατε, ὑπομείναντες ἕως τέλους ἐν τῷ ὑπομένειν προκόψατε, ὅτι „ὁ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται“. ἴστε ὅτι κατὰ τὸν Πέτρον ἀγαλλιάσεσθε „ὀλίγον ἄρτι εἰ δέον ἐστὶ λυπηθέντες ἐν ποικίλοις πειρασμοῖς, ἵνα τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου καὶ διὰ πυρὸς δεδοκιμασμένου εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον καὶ δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ“. ἀλλὰ τοῦ „λυπηθέντες“ ἀντὶ τοῦ πονέσαντες ἀκούσατε, ὡς δῆλον καὶ ἐκ τοῦ· „ἐν λύπαις τέξῃ τέκνα“· οὐ γὰρ πάντως ἐν λύπῃ τῷ πάθει τίκτει γυνὴ ἀλλὰ ἐν πόνῳ. εἰ μὲν χρήσιμον τοῖς Χριστοῦ μαθηταῖς τό· „μὴ ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον μηδὲ τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ. ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον, οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ· ὅτι πᾶν τὸ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν καὶ ἡ ἀλαζονεία τοῦ βίου, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀλλʼ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἐστίν. καὶ ὁ κόσμος παράγεται καὶ ἡ ἐπιθυμία“· μὴ οὖν ἀγαπᾶτε τὰ παραγόμενα, ἀλλὰ ποιοῦντες τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ ἄξιοι γίνεσθε τοῦ ἓν γενέσθαι ἅμα υἱῷ καὶ πατρὶ καὶ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος εὐχὴν λέγοντος· ὡς ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ ἕν ἐσμεν. „ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἡμῖν ἓν ὦσι“. πόσας δὲ καὶ ἡμέρας ἔστι κερδῆσαι ἀγαπήσαντα „τὸν κόσμον“ ἢ „τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ“ καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ζημιούμενον ἢ ἀπολλύντα καὶ περιφέροντα συνειδὸς βαρούμενον ὑπὲρ „φορτίον βαρὺ“ καὶ βαρούμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ τῆς ἀρνήσεως πτώματος; ὑπομνησθῶμεν ἕκαστος, ὁσάκις ἀποθανεῖν τὸν κοινὸν θάνατον ἐκινδύνευσε, καὶ λογισώμεθα, μή ποτε διὰ τοῦτο ἐτηρήθημεν, ἵνα βαπτισάμενοι τῷ ἑαυτῶν αἵματι καὶ ἀπολουσάμενοι πᾶσαν ἁμαρτίαν παρὰ τῷ ἐν οὐρανοῖς θυσιαστηρίῳ τὰς διατριβὰς μετὰ τῶν συναγωνισαμένων ποιησώμεθα.
Topon dia tēs eis to martyrion prothymias dote tǭ tou patros hymōn pneumati lalounti tois dia theosebeian paradotheisin; ean eidēte heautous misoumenous kai bdelyktous kai asebeis einai nomizomenous, tote analabete to; „dia touto ho kosmos hymas misei“, „hoti ouk este ek tou kosmou toutou;“ „ei gar ēte ek tou kosmou toutou, ho kosmos an to idion ephilei“. pollous oneidismous dia Christon kai pollous kindynous, ex hou pepisteukate, hypomeinantes heōs telous en tǭ hypomenein prokopsate, hoti „ho hypomeinas eis telos, houtos sōthēsetai“. iste hoti kata ton Petron agalliasesthe „oligon arti ei deon esti lypēthentes en poikilois peirasmois, hina to dokimion hymōn tēs pisteōs polytimoteron chrysiou tou apollymenou kai dia pyros dedokimasmenou heurethę̄ eis epainon kai doxan kai timēn en apokalypsei Iēsou Christou“. alla tou „lypēthentes“ anti tou ponesantes akousate, hōs dēlon kai ek tou; „en lypais texę̄ tekna“; ou gar pantōs en lypę̄ tǭ pathei tiktei gynē alla en ponǭ. ei men chrēsimon tois Christou mathētais to; „mē agapate ton kosmon mēde ta en tǭ kosmǭ. ean tis agapą ton kosmon, ouk estin hē agapē tou patros en autǭ; hoti pan to en tǭ kosmǭ, hē epithymia tēs sarkos kai hē epithymia tōn ophthalmōn kai hē alazoneia tou biou, ouk estin ek tou patros allʼ ek tou kosmou estin. kai ho kosmos paragetai kai hē epithymia“; mē oun agapate ta paragomena, alla poiountes to thelēma tou theou axioi ginesthe tou hen genesthai hama huiǭ kai patri kai hagiǭ pneumati kata tēn tou sōtēros euchēn legontos; hōs egō kai sy hen esmen. „hina kai autoi en hēmin hen ōsi“. posas de kai hēmeras esti kerdēsai agapēsanta „ton kosmon“ ē „ta en tǭ kosmǭ“ kai tēn heautou psychēn zēmioumenon ē apollynta kai peripheronta syneidos baroumenon hyper „phortion bary“ kai baroumenon hypo tou tēs arnēseōs ptōmatos? hypomnēsthōmen hekastos, hosakis apothanein ton koinon thanaton ekindyneuse, kai logisōmetha, mē pote dia touto etērēthēmen, hina baptisamenoi tǭ heautōn haimati kai apolousamenoi pasan hamartian para tǭ en ouranois thysiastēriǭ tas diatribas meta tōn synagōnisamenōn poiēsōmetha.
By your eagerness for martyrdom, give place to the Spirit of your Father, who speaks in those delivered up for the sake of their worship of God. If you see yourselves hated and thought abominable and impious, then take up the words, “Therefore the world hates you,” “because you are not of this world”; “for if you were of this world, the world would love its own.” Having endured many reproaches for Christ's sake and many dangers since you believed, make progress in endurance to the end, because “he who endures to the end will be saved.” Know that, as Peter says, you will rejoice, “though now for a little while, if need be, you are grieved by various trials, so that the testing of your faith, more precious than gold that perishes though it is tested by fire, may be found to result in praise and glory and honor at the revelation of Jesus Christ.” But take “grieved” in the sense of “having toiled,” as is clear also from “In grief you shall bear children”; for a woman does not always bear children in grief as an emotion, but in toil. If the words are useful to the disciples of Christ, “Do not love the world or the things in the world. If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him. For all that is in the world, the desire of the flesh and the desire of the eyes and the pride of life, is not from the Father but is from the world. And the world is passing away, and its desire”: do not then love the things that are passing away, but by doing the will of God become worthy of becoming one together with the Son and the Father and the Holy Spirit, according to the Savior's prayer when he says, “As I and you are one,” “that they also may be one in us.” And how many days can one gain by loving “the world” or “the things in the world,” while forfeiting or losing one's own soul, and carrying about a conscience weighed down beyond a “heavy burden,” weighed down by the fall of denial? Let each of us remember how often he has been in danger of dying the common death, and let us consider whether perhaps we were kept safe for this purpose: that, baptized in our own blood and washed clean of every sin, we might spend our time at the altar in heaven with those who have contended with us.
Chapter 40
40Koetschau 1:37–38
Εἰ δέ τις ἐνδοὺς ἀπὸ πολλῆς φιλοζωΐας ἢ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς πόνους μαλακίας ἢ τῶν νομιζομένων πιθανῶς προσάγεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀναπειθόντων ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὰ χείρονα ἀρνήσαιτο μὲν τὸ εἶναι ἕνα θεὸν καὶ τὸν Χριστὸν αὐτοῦ ὁμολογήσαι δὲ δαιμόνια ἢ τύχας, ἴστω ὁ τοιοῦτος ἑτοιμάζων „τῷ δαιμονίῳ τράπεζαν“ καὶ πληρῶν „τῇ τύχῃ κέρασμα“, ἐγκαταλιπὼν κύριον καὶ ἐπιλανθανόμενος τοῦ ὄρους τοῦ ἁγίου αὐτοῦ, τούτοις τοῖς ἐλέγχοις ὑποκεισόμενος, ὡς ὁ Ἡσαΐας ἀνέγραψε τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον· „ὑμεῖς δὲ οἱ ἐγκαταλιπόντες με καὶ ἐπιλανθανόμενοι τὸ ὄρος τὸ ἅγιόν μου καὶ ἑτοιμάζοντες τῷ δαιμονίῳ τράπεζαν καὶ πληροῦντες τῇ τύχῃ κέρασμα, ἐγὼ παραδώσω ὑμᾶς εἰς μάχαιραν, πάντες ἐν σφαγῇ πεσεῖσθε· ὅτι ἐκάλεσα ὑμᾶς καὶ οὐχ ὑπηκούσατε, ἐλάλησα καὶ παρηκούσατε καὶ ἐποιήσατε τὸ πονηρὸν ἐναντίον ἐμοῦ καὶ ἃ οὐκ ἐβουλόμην ἐξελέξασθε. διὰ τοῦτο τάδε λέγει κύριος· ἰδοὺ οἱ δουλεύοντές μοι φάγονται, ὑμεῖς δὲ πεινάσετε, ἰδοὺ οἱ δουλεύοντές μοι πίονται, ὑμεῖς δὲ διψήσετε, ἰδοὺ οἱ δουλεύοντές μοι εὐφρανθήσονται, ὑμεῖς δὲ αἰσχυνθήσεσθε, ἰδοὺ οἱ δουλεύοντές μοι ἀγαλλιάσονται ἐν εὐφροσύνῃ, ὑμεῖς δὲ κεκράξεσθε διὰ τὸν πόνον τῆς καρδίας καὶ ἀπὸ συντριβῆς πνεύματος ὀλολύξετε. καταλείψετε γὰρ τὸ ὄνομά μου εἰς πλησμονὴν τοῖς ἐκλεκτοῖς μου, ὑμᾶς δὲ ἀνελεῖ κύριος“. ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴπερ νοοῦντες, τίς ἡ τοῦ κυρίου τράπεζα, μετέχειν αὐτῆς βουλοίμεθα, γινώσκωμεν τό· „οὐ δύνασθε κυρίου τραπέζης μετέχειν καὶ τραπέζης δαιμονίων“. ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰ θέλομεν συνιέντες, τί ἐστι τό· „οὐ μὴ πίω ἀπʼ ἄρτι ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου ταύτης ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης, ἕως αὐτὸ πίνω καινὸν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν“, μετὰ τῶν πινόντων σὺν τῷ Ἰησοῦ εὑρεθῆναι, προσέχωμεν τῷ· „οὐ δύνασθε ποτήριον κυρίου πίνειν καὶ ποτήριον δαιμονίων“. τίς δὲ ἀκούσας τοῦ τῆς βροντῆς υἱοῦ Ἰωάννου λέγοντος· „ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱὸν, πᾶς ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν υἱὸν οὐδὲ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει· ὁ ὁμολογῶν τὸν υἱὸν καὶ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει“ οὐ φοβηθήσεται διὰ τοῦ λέγειν μὴ εἶναι Χριστιανὸς ἀρνήσασθαι τὸν υἱὸν, ἐν τῷ ἀρνεῖσθαι αὐτὸν οὐχ ἕξων τὸν πατέρα; καὶ τίς οὐκ ἂν προτραπείη ὁμολογεῖν τὸ εἶναι Χριστιανὸς ἔργοις καὶ λόγοις, ἵνα καὶ τὸν πατέρα ἔχῃ; οἱ γὰρ ὁμολογοῦντες ἔχουσι τὸν πατέρα.
Ei de tis endous apo pollēs philozōïas ē tēs pros tous ponous malakias ē tōn nomizomenōn pithanōs prosagesthai hypo tōn anapeithontōn hēmas epi ta cheirona arnēsaito men to einai hena theon kai ton Christon autou homologēsai de daimonia ē tychas, istō ho toioutos hetoimazōn „tǭ daimoniǭ trapezan“ kai plērōn „tę̄ tychę̄ kerasma“, enkatalipōn kyrion kai epilanthanomenos tou orous tou hagiou autou, toutois tois elenchois hypokeisomenos, hōs ho Hēsaïas anegrapse touton ton tropon; „hymeis de hoi enkatalipontes me kai epilanthanomenoi to oros to hagion mou kai hetoimazontes tǭ daimoniǭ trapezan kai plērountes tę̄ tychę̄ kerasma, egō paradōsō hymas eis machairan, pantes en sphagę̄ peseisthe; hoti ekalesa hymas kai ouch hypēkousate, elalēsa kai parēkousate kai epoiēsate to ponēron enantion emou kai ha ouk eboulomēn exelexasthe. dia touto tade legei kyrios; idou hoi douleuontes moi phagontai, hymeis de peinasete, idou hoi douleuontes moi piontai, hymeis de dipsēsete, idou hoi douleuontes moi euphranthēsontai, hymeis de aischynthēsesthe, idou hoi douleuontes moi agalliasontai en euphrosynę̄, hymeis de kekraxesthe dia ton ponon tēs kardias kai apo syntribēs pneumatos ololyxete. kataleipsete gar to onoma mou eis plēsmonēn tois eklektois mou, hymas de anelei kyrios“. alla kai eiper noountes, tis hē tou kyriou trapeza, metechein autēs bouloimetha, ginōskōmen to; „ou dynasthe kyriou trapezēs metechein kai trapezēs daimoniōn“. alla kai ei thelomen synientes, ti esti to; „ou mē piō apʼ arti ek tou genēmatos tēs ampelou tautēs heōs tēs hēmeras ekeinēs, heōs auto pinō kainon en tę̄ basileią tōn ouranōn“, meta tōn pinontōn syn tǭ Iēsou heurethēnai, prosechōmen tǭ; „ou dynasthe potērion kyriou pinein kai potērion daimoniōn“. tis de akousas tou tēs brontēs huiou Iōannou legontos; „ho arnoumenos ton patera kai ton huion, pas ho arnoumenos ton huion oude ton patera echei; ho homologōn ton huion kai ton patera echei“ ou phobēthēsetai dia tou legein mē einai Christianos arnēsasthai ton huion, en tǭ arneisthai auton ouch hexōn ton patera? kai tis ouk an protrapeiē homologein to einai Christianos ergois kai logois, hina kai ton patera echę̄? hoi gar homologountes echousi ton patera.
But if someone, giving way through great love of life, or softness toward pain, or what are thought the plausible arguments brought by those who try to persuade us to the worse course, should deny that there is one God and his Christ, and confess demons or fortunes, let such a one know that he is preparing “a table for the demon” and filling “a mixed cup for Fortune,” having forsaken the Lord and forgotten his holy mountain, and that he will be subject to these reproofs, as Isaiah recorded in this way: “But you who have forsaken me and forget my holy mountain and prepare a table for the demon and fill a mixed cup for Fortune, I will deliver you to the sword; you shall all fall in slaughter; because I called and you did not answer, I spoke and you did not listen, and you did evil before me and chose what I did not wish. Therefore thus says the Lord: Behold, my servants shall eat, but you shall be hungry; behold, my servants shall drink, but you shall be thirsty; behold, my servants shall be glad, but you shall be ashamed; behold, my servants shall rejoice in gladness, but you shall cry out for pain of heart and wail for anguish of spirit. For you shall leave your name for a satiety to my chosen, but the Lord will destroy you.” But if, understanding what the Lord's table is, we wish to share in it, let us know this: “You cannot partake of the table of the Lord and the table of demons.” And if, understanding what is meant by “I will not drink from now on of this fruit of the vine until that day when I drink it new in the kingdom of heaven,” we wish to be found among those who drink with Jesus, let us attend to this: “You cannot drink the cup of the Lord and the cup of demons.” And who, hearing John, the son of thunder, say, “He who denies the Father and the Son—everyone who denies the Son does not have the Father either; he who confesses the Son has the Father also,” will not be afraid of denying the Son by saying that he is not a Christian, since in denying him he will not have the Father? And who would not be moved to confess by deeds and words that he is a Christian, so that he may also have the Father? For those who confess have the Father.
Chapter 41
41Koetschau 1:38–39
Εἰ μεταβεβήκαμεν „ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωὴν“ διὰ τοῦ μεταβεβηκέναι ἀπὸ ἀπιστίας εἰς πίστιν, μὴ θαυμάζωμεν, εἰ μισεῖ ἡμᾶς ὁ κόσμος. οὐδεὶς γὰρ μὴ μεταβὰς „ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωὴν“ ἀλλὰ μένων ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν τοὺς μεταβεβηκότας ἀπὸ σκοτεινῆς τῆς τοῦ θανάτου, ἵνʼ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, οἰκίας ἐπὶ τὰ πεπληρωμένα οἰκοδομήματα ἐκ λίθων ζώντων φωτὸς ζωῆς. „ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἔθηκεν“ Ἰησοῦς „τὴν ψυχὴν“, καὶ ἡμεῖς οὖν θῶμεν αὐτὴν, οὐκ ἐρῶ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτῶν, οἶμαι δʼ ὅτι κἂν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν τῷ μαρτυρίῳ ἡμῶν οἰκοδομηθησομένων. ἐνέστη ἡμῖν καιρὸς Χριστιανοῖς καυχήσεων· „οὐ μόνον“, γάρ φησιν, „ἀλλὰ καὶ καυχώμενοι ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν, εἰδότες ὅτι ἡ θλῖψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται, ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ δοκιμὴν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ ἐλπίδα· ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει“, μόνον „ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ“ ἐκκεχύσθω „ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου“. Παῦλος μὲν λεγέτω· „εἰ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ“, ἡμεῖς δέ· „εἰ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον“ ἀνῃρέθην ἐν Γερμανίᾳ.
Ei metabebēkamen „ek tou thanatou eis tēn zōēn“ dia tou metabebēkenai apo apistias eis pistin, mē thaumazōmen, ei misei hēmas ho kosmos. oudeis gar mē metabas „ek tou thanatou eis tēn zōēn“ alla menōn en tǭ thanatǭ dynatai agapan tous metabebēkotas apo skoteinēs tēs tou thanatou, hinʼ houtōs onomasō, oikias epi ta peplērōmena oikodomēmata ek lithōn zōntōn phōtos zōēs. „hyper hēmōn ethēken“ Iēsous „tēn psychēn“, kai hēmeis oun thōmen autēn, ouk erō hyper autou allʼ hyper heautōn, oimai dʼ hoti kan hyper tōn en tǭ martyriǭ hēmōn oikodomēthēsomenōn. enestē hēmin kairos Christianois kauchēseōn; „ou monon“, gar phēsin, „alla kai kauchōmenoi en tais thlipsesin, eidotes hoti hē thlipsis hypomonēn katergazetai, hē de hypomonē dokimēn, hē de dokimē elpida; hē de elpis ou kataischynei“, monon „hē agapē tou theou“ ekkechysthō „en tais kardiais hēmōn dia pneumatos hagiou“. Paulos men legetō; „ei kata anthrōpon ethēriomachēsa en Ephesǭ“, hēmeis de; „ei kata anthrōpon“ anę̄rethēn en Germanią.
If we have passed “from death to life” by having passed from unbelief to faith, let us not be surprised if the world hates us. For no one who has not passed “from death to life,” but remains in death, can love those who have passed from the dark house, so to speak, of death to the buildings of living stones, filled with the light of life. Jesus “laid down his life for us”; let us then lay down ours too—I will not say for him, but for ourselves, and, I think, also for those who will be built up by our martyrdom. The time has come for us Christians to boast; “not only so,” it says, “but we also boast in afflictions, knowing that affliction produces endurance, and endurance character, and character hope; and hope does not put to shame”—only let “the love of God” be poured out “in our hearts through the Holy Spirit.” Let Paul say, “If, humanly speaking, I fought with beasts at Ephesus”; but let us say, “If, humanly speaking, I was put to death in Germany.”
Chapter 42
42Koetschau 1:39–40
Εἰ „καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ“, „οὕτω διὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ περισσεύει καὶ ἡ παράκλησις“, προθυμότατα παραδεξώμεθα τὰ Χριστοῦ παθήματα, καὶ περισσευσάτω ἐν ἡμῖν, εἴπερ ὀρεγόμεθα περισσῆς παρακλήσεως, ἣν πάντες μὲν οἱ „πενθοῦντες“ „παρακληθήσονται“, τάχα δὲ οὐκ ἐπʼ ἴσης. εἰ γὰρ ἐπʼ ἴσης ἦν ἡ παράκλησις, οὐκ ἂν ἐγέγραπτο τό· „καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς, οὕτω περισσεύει καὶ ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν.“ οἱ κοινωνοὶ τῶν παθημάτων κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῶν παθημάτων, ὧν εἰσι κοινωνοὶ πρὸς Χριστὸν, κοινωνοὶ ἔσονται καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως· ἃ καὶ μανθάνετε ἀπὸ τοῦ πεπιστευμένως τὰ τοιαῦτα λέγοντος· οἴδαμεν γὰρ, „ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως.“ φησὶ δὲ διὰ προφήτου ὁ θεός· „καιρῷ δεκτῷ ἐπήκουσά σου καὶ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ σωτηρίας ἐβοήθησά σοι.“ ποῖος οὖν ἄλλος εὐπρόσδεκτος καιρὸς, ἢ ὅτε διὰ τὴν εἰς θεὸν ἐν Χριστῷ εὐσέβειαν ὑπὸ φρουρὰν πομπεύοντες ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ θριαμβεύοντες μᾶλλον ἤπερ θριαμβευόμενοι ἀπαγόμεθα; οἱ γὰρ ἐν Χριστῷ μάρτυρες συναπεκδύονται αὐτῷ „τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας“ καὶ συνθριαμβεύουσιν ὡς κοινωνοὶ τῶν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ γινόμενοι οὕτως καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς παθήμασιν αὐτοῦ ἀνδραγαθημάτων· ἐξ ὧν ἐστι καὶ τὸ θριαμβεῦσαι „τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας“, ἃς μετʼ ὀλίγον ὄψεσθε νενικημένας καὶ κατῃσχυμμένας. ποία ἄλλη οὕτως ἡμέρα σωτηρίας ὡς ἡ ἡμέρα τῆς τοιαύτης ἡμῶν ἐντεῦθεν ἀπαλλαγῆς; ἀλλὰ παρακαλῶ· „μηδεμίαν ἐν μηδενὶ“ δῶτε „προσκοπὴν, ἵνα μὴ μωμηθῇ“ ὑπὸ ὑμῶν τὸ πρεσβυτέριον ἢ „ἡ διακονία, ἀλλὰ ἐν παντὶ ἑαυτοὺς“ συστήσασθε „ὡς θεοῦ διάκονοι, ἐν ὑπομονῇ πολλῇ“ λέγοντες· „καὶ νῦν τίς ἡ ὑπομονή μου; οὐχὶ ὁ κύριος;“ „ἐν θλίψεσι“ πειθόμενοι ὅτι „πολλαὶ αἱ θλίψεις τῶν δικαίων“, „ἐν ἀνάγκαις“, ἵν ὡς ἀναγκαίαν ἡμῖν τὴν μακαριότητα ἀπαιτήσωμεν, „ἐν στενοχωρίαις“, ἵνʼ ὡς τὴν στενὴν καὶ τὴν τεθλιμμένην ἀπαραλείπτως ὁδεύσαντες καταντήσωμεν ἐπὶ τὴν ζωήν. ἐὰν δέον ᾖ, συστήσωμεν ἑαυτοὺς καὶ „ἐν πληγαῖς καὶ ἐν φυλακαῖς καὶ ἐν ἀκαταστασίαις καὶ ἐν κόποις καὶ ἐν ἀγρυπνίαις καὶ ἐν νηστείαις.“ ἰδοὺ γὰρ κύριος, καὶ „ὁ μισθὸς αὐτοῦ“ ἐν χειρὶ „ἀποδοῦναι ἑκάστῳ“, ὡς τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ ἐστι.
Ei „kathōs perisseuei ta pathēmata tou Christou“, „houtō dia tou Christou perisseuei kai hē paraklēsis“, prothymotata paradexōmetha ta Christou pathēmata, kai perisseusatō en hēmin, eiper oregometha perissēs paraklēseōs, hēn pantes men hoi „penthountes“ „paraklēthēsontai“, tacha de ouk epʼ isēs. ei gar epʼ isēs ēn hē paraklēsis, ouk an egegrapto to; „kathōs perisseuei ta pathēmata tou Christou eis hēmas, houtō perisseuei kai hē paraklēsis hēmōn.“ hoi koinōnoi tōn pathēmatōn kata tēn analogian tōn pathēmatōn, hōn eisi koinōnoi pros Christon, koinōnoi esontai kai tēs paraklēseōs; ha kai manthanete apo tou pepisteumenōs ta toiauta legontos; oidamen gar, „hōs koinōnoi este tōn pathēmatōn, houtōs kai tēs paraklēseōs.“ phēsi de dia prophētou ho theos; „kairǭ dektǭ epēkousa sou kai en hēmerą sōtērias eboēthēsa soi.“ poios oun allos euprosdektos kairos, ē hote dia tēn eis theon en Christǭ eusebeian hypo phrouran pompeuontes en tǭ kosmǭ kai thriambeuontes mallon ēper thriambeuomenoi apagometha? hoi gar en Christǭ martyres synapekdyontai autǭ „tas archas kai tas exousias“ kai synthriambeuousin hōs koinōnoi tōn pathēmatōn autou ginomenoi houtōs kai tōn en tois pathēmasin autou andragathēmatōn; ex hōn esti kai to thriambeusai „tas archas kai tas exousias“, has metʼ oligon opsesthe nenikēmenas kai katę̄schymmenas. poia allē houtōs hēmera sōtērias hōs hē hēmera tēs toiautēs hēmōn enteuthen apallagēs? alla parakalō; „mēdemian en mēdeni“ dōte „proskopēn, hina mē mōmēthę̄“ hypo hymōn to presbyterion ē „hē diakonia, alla en panti heautous“ systēsasthe „hōs theou diakonoi, en hypomonę̄ pollę̄“ legontes; „kai nyn tis hē hypomonē mou? ouchi ho kyrios?“ „en thlipsesi“ peithomenoi hoti „pollai hai thlipseis tōn dikaiōn“, „en anankais“, hin hōs anankaian hēmin tēn makariotēta apaitēsōmen, „en stenochōriais“, hinʼ hōs tēn stenēn kai tēn tethlimmenēn aparaleiptōs hodeusantes katantēsōmen epi tēn zōēn. ean deon ę̄, systēsōmen heautous kai „en plēgais kai en phylakais kai en akatastasiais kai en kopois kai en agrypniais kai en nēsteiais.“ idou gar kyrios, kai „ho misthos autou“ en cheiri „apodounai hekastǭ“, hōs ta erga autou esti.
If, “as the sufferings of Christ abound,” “so through Christ comfort also abounds,” let us most eagerly welcome the sufferings of Christ, and let them abound in us, if we long for abundant comfort, with which all “who mourn” “will be comforted,” though perhaps not equally. For if the comfort were equal, it would not have been written, “As the sufferings of Christ abound to us, so our comfort also abounds.” Those who share in the sufferings will share also in the comfort, in proportion to the sufferings in which they share with Christ; as you learn also from him who says such things with assurance: for we know, “that as you are partners in the sufferings, so also in the comfort.” And God says through the prophet: “In an acceptable time I have heard you, and in a day of salvation I have helped you.” What other time is so acceptable as when, for the sake of our piety toward God in Christ, we are led away under guard in procession through the world, celebrating a triumph rather than being led in triumph? For the martyrs in Christ with him strip off “the rulers and authorities” and triumph with him, as they become sharers in his sufferings and so also in his noble deeds in those sufferings; among which is also triumphing over “the rulers and authorities,” which you will shortly see conquered and put to shame. What other day is so much a day of salvation as the day of such a departure of ours from here? But I urge you: “give no offense in anything, so that” the presbyterate or “the ministry” may not “be blamed” because of you, “but in everything commend” yourselves “as ministers of God, in much endurance,” saying, “And now what is my endurance? Is it not the Lord?”; “in afflictions,” persuaded that “many are the afflictions of the righteous”; “in necessities,” so that we may claim blessedness as something necessary for us; “in distresses,” so that, having traveled the narrow and hard way without turning aside, we may arrive at life. If need be, let us commend ourselves also “in beatings, in prisons, in tumults, in labors, in sleepless nights, in fastings.” For behold the Lord, and “his reward” is in his hand “to repay each” as his works are.
Chapter 43
43Koetschau 1:40–41
Νῦν δείξωμεν ὅτι γνῶσιν διὰ ἔργα πρέποντα τῇ γνώσει ἐποθήσαμεν. πᾶσα ἁγνότης ἡ ἀπὸ παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν τοῦ ἐν ὁποιωδήποτε ἁμαρτήματι μολυσμοῦ φανερωθήτω ἐν ἡμῖν. ὡς μακροθύμου θεοῦ υἱοὶ καὶ μακροθύμου Χριστοῦ ἀδελφοὶ μακροθυμήσωμεν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς συμβαίνουσι· „μακρόθυμος γὰρ ἀνὴρ, πολὺς ἐν φρονήσει, ὁ δὲ ὀλιγόψυχος ἰσχυρῶς ἄφρων.“ εἰ δεῖ ἑαυτὸν συνιστάναι „διὰ τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ τῶν ἀριστερῶν“, συστήσαντες ἑαυτοὺς „διὰ δόξης“ καὶ μὴ χαυνωθέντες ἐπʼ αὐτῇ νῦν καὶ τὴν ἀτιμίαν ὑπομείνωμεν· ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ εὐφημίας ἀξίως ἐπολιτευσάμεθα καὶ εὐφημήθημεν, νῦν καὶ τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν δυσσεβῶν δυσφημίας ἀνασχώμεθα. ἔτι δὲ εἰ ὡς ἀληθεῖς παρὰ τοῖς φιλαλήθεσιν ἐθαυμάσθημεν, νῦν ἐπὶ τῷ λέγεσθαι ἡμᾶς πλανᾶσθαι γελάσωμεν. ἐπὶ πολλοῖς κινδύνοις, ἀφʼ ὧν ἐῤῥύσθημεν, πολλοὶ εἶπον ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐπιγινώσκεσθαι· νῦν ὁ βουλόμενος λεγέτω ἡμᾶς ἀγνοεῖσθαι, ὅτε τάχα μᾶλλον ἐπιγινωσκόμεθα. φέροντες γοῦν τὰ συμβαίνοντα παιδευόμεθα μὲν οὐ θανατούμεθα δὲ, καὶ ὁμοιούμεθα λυπουμένοις οἱ χαίροντες.
Nyn deixōmen hoti gnōsin dia erga preponta tę̄ gnōsei epothēsamen. pasa hagnotēs hē apo pantos houtinosoun tou en hopoiōdēpote hamartēmati molysmou phanerōthētō en hēmin. hōs makrothymou theou huioi kai makrothymou Christou adelphoi makrothymēsōmen en pasi tois symbainousi; „makrothymos gar anēr, polys en phronēsei, ho de oligopsychos ischyrōs aphrōn.“ ei dei heauton synistanai „dia tōn hoplōn tēs dikaiosynēs tōn dexiōn kai tōn aristerōn“, systēsantes heautous „dia doxēs“ kai mē chaunōthentes epʼ autę̄ nyn kai tēn atimian hypomeinōmen; allʼ ei kai euphēmias axiōs epoliteusametha kai euphēmēthēmen, nyn kai tēs apo tōn dyssebōn dysphēmias anaschōmetha. eti de ei hōs alētheis para tois philalēthesin ethaumasthēmen, nyn epi tǭ legesthai hēmas planasthai gelasōmen. epi pollois kindynois, aphʼ hōn errhysthēmen, polloi eipon hēmas apo theou epiginōskesthai; nyn ho boulomenos legetō hēmas agnoeisthai, hote tacha mallon epiginōskometha. pherontes goun ta symbainonta paideuometha men ou thanatoumetha de, kai homoioumetha lypoumenois hoi chairontes.
Now let us show that we have longed for knowledge through works befitting knowledge. Let complete purity, free from every defilement of any sin whatever, be displayed in us. As sons of a patient God and brothers of a patient Christ, let us be patient in all that happens; “for a patient man is great in understanding, but the fainthearted is exceedingly foolish.” If one must commend oneself “with the weapons of righteousness for the right hand and for the left,” then, having commended ourselves “through glory” without being puffed up by it, let us now endure dishonor too; and if we have lived in a way that deserved good report and have been well spoken of, let us now bear the ill report of the ungodly. And if we have been admired as truthful by lovers of truth, let us now laugh at being called deceivers. Over the many dangers from which we have been rescued, many said that we were known by God; now let whoever wishes say that we are unknown, when perhaps we are the better known. So, bearing what happens, we are disciplined but not put to death, and we who rejoice seem to be sorrowful.
Chapter 44
44Koetschau 1:41
Φησί που ὁ Παῦλος πρὸς τοὺς ἐν ἀρχῇ ὑπομείναντας παρακαλῶν αὐτοὺς ἀκολούθως τῇ προτέρᾳ ὑπομονῇ φέρειν κινδύνους δευτέρους τοὺς διὰ τὸν λόγον· „ἀναμιμνήσκεσθε δὲ τὰς πρότερον ἡμέρας, ἐν αἷς φωτισθέντες πολλὴν ἄθλησιν ὑπεμείνατε παθημάτων, τοῦτο μὲν ὀνειδισμοῖς τε καὶ θλίψεσι θεατριζόμενοι, τοῦτο δὲ κοινωνοὶ τῶν οὕτως ἀναστρεφομένων γενηθέντες. καὶ γὰρ τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου συνεπαθήσατε, καὶ τὴν ἁρπαγὴν τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ὑμῶν μετὰ χαρᾶς προσεδέξασθε, γινώσκοντες ὅτι κρείττονα ἔχετε ὕπαρξιν καὶ μένουσαν. μὴ ἀποβάλητε οὖν τὴν παῤῥησίαν ὑμῶν, ἥτις ἔχει μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν. ὑπομονῆς γὰρ ἔχετε χρείαν.“ „πολλὴν“ τοιγαροῦν καὶ ἡμεῖς νῦν „ἄθλησιν“ ὑπομείνωμεν „παθημάτων“ „ὀνειδισμοῖς καὶ θλίψεσι“ καὶ „θεατριζόμενοι“ καὶ „μετὰ χαρᾶς“ παραδεχόμενοι „τὴν ἁρπαγὴν τῶν ὑπαρχόντων“ ἡμῶν· πειθόμεθα γὰρ „κρείττονα“ ἔχειν „ὕπαρξιν“ οὐ γηΐνην ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ σωματικὴν ἀλλά τινα ἀόρατον καὶ ἀσώματον. σκοποῦμεν γὰρ οὐ „τὰ βλεπόμενα“, ὁρῶντες ταῦτα μὲν „πρόσκαιρα“ ἐκεῖνα δὲ „αἰώνια“.
Phēsi pou ho Paulos pros tous en archę̄ hypomeinantas parakalōn autous akolouthōs tę̄ proterą hypomonę̄ pherein kindynous deuterous tous dia ton logon; „anamimnēskesthe de tas proteron hēmeras, en hais phōtisthentes pollēn athlēsin hypemeinate pathēmatōn, touto men oneidismois te kai thlipsesi theatrizomenoi, touto de koinōnoi tōn houtōs anastrephomenōn genēthentes. kai gar tois desmois mou synepathēsate, kai tēn harpagēn tōn hyparchontōn hymōn meta charas prosedexasthe, ginōskontes hoti kreittona echete hyparxin kai menousan. mē apobalēte oun tēn parrhēsian hymōn, hētis echei megalēn misthapodosian. hypomonēs gar echete chreian.“ „pollēn“ toigaroun kai hēmeis nyn „athlēsin“ hypomeinōmen „pathēmatōn“ „oneidismois kai thlipsesi“ kai „theatrizomenoi“ kai „meta charas“ paradechomenoi „tēn harpagēn tōn hyparchontōn“ hēmōn; peithometha gar „kreittona“ echein „hyparxin“ ou gēïnēn allʼ oude sōmatikēn alla tina aoraton kai asōmaton. skopoumen gar ou „ta blepomena“, horōntes tauta men „proskaira“ ekeina de „aiōnia“.
Paul says somewhere to those who had endured at the beginning, urging them, consistently with their former endurance, to bear second dangers for the sake of the word: “But recall the former days, in which, after you were enlightened, you endured a great contest of sufferings, sometimes being made a public spectacle by reproaches and afflictions, and sometimes becoming partners with those so treated. For you sympathized with my bonds, and you accepted with joy the plundering of your possessions, knowing that you have a better and lasting possession. Do not, therefore, throw away your boldness, which has a great reward. For you have need of endurance.” Let us too, then, now endure “a great contest of sufferings,” being made “a public spectacle” “by reproaches and afflictions,” and accepting “with joy the plundering of” our “possessions”; for we are persuaded that we have “a better possession,” not earthly nor even bodily, but invisible and incorporeal. For we look not to “the things that are seen,” seeing that these are “temporary,” but those “eternal.”
Chapter 45
45Koetschau 1:41–42
Ἐπεὶ δέ τινες μὴ θεωροῦντες τὸν περὶ τῶν δαιμόνων λόγον, καὶ ὡς ὑπὲρ τοῦ παραμένειν ἐν τῷ παχεῖ τούτῳ καὶ περιγείῳ ἀέρι δεόμενοι τροφῆς τῆς διὰ τῶν ἀναθυμιάσεων ἐπιτηροῦσιν ὅπῃ κνίσσα ἀεὶ καὶ αἵματα καὶ λιβανωτοὶ, ἐξευτελίζουσιν ὡς ἀδιάφορον τὸ θύειν, εἴποιμεν ἂν καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα ὅτι, εἴπερ οἱ τροφὰς λῃσταῖς καὶ φονεῦσι καὶ βαρβάροις ἐχθροῖς τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως παρέχοντες ὡς τὸ κοινὸν ἀδικήσαντες καὶ κολάζονται, πόσῳ πλέον οἱ τοῖς τῆς κακίας ὑπηρέταις διὰ τοῦ θύειν διδόντες τροφὰς παρακατεχούσας αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ περιγείῳ τόπῳ δικαιότατα ἂν ἐγκαλοῖντο, καὶ μάλιστα εἰ μαθόντες τό· „ὁ θύων θεοῖς ἑτέροις ἐξολοθρευθήσεται, πλὴν κυρίῳ μόνῳ“, θύοιεν τοῖς τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς κακῶν αἰτίοις. καὶ οἶμαί γε ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτανομένοις ὑπὸ τῶν δαιμόνων ἐνεργούντων κατὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὐκ ἔλαττον ἐγκληθήσεσθαι τῶν ἐνεργησάντων δαιμόνων τὰ χείρονα, διὰ τοῦ θύειν θρέψαντες αὐτούς· οἱονεὶ γὰρ κοινῇ τὰ κακὰ πεποιήκασι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις οἵ τε δαίμονες καὶ οἱ κατασχόντες αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ γῆς, μὴ ἂν δυνηθέντας διαρκέσαι χωρὶς τῶν ἀναθυμιάσεων καὶ τῶν νομιζομένων εἶναι καταλλήλων τροφῶν τοῖς σώμασιν αὐτῶν.
Epei de tines mē theōrountes ton peri tōn daimonōn logon, kai hōs hyper tou paramenein en tǭ pachei toutǭ kai perigeiǭ aeri deomenoi trophēs tēs dia tōn anathymiaseōn epitērousin hopę̄ knissa aei kai haimata kai libanōtoi, exeutelizousin hōs adiaphoron to thyein, eipoimen an kai pros tauta hoti, eiper hoi trophas lę̄stais kai phoneusi kai barbarois echthrois tou megalou basileōs parechontes hōs to koinon adikēsantes kai kolazontai, posǭ pleon hoi tois tēs kakias hypēretais dia tou thyein didontes trophas parakatechousas autous en tǭ perigeiǭ topǭ dikaiotata an enkalointo, kai malista ei mathontes to; „ho thyōn theois heterois exolothreuthēsetai, plēn kyriǭ monǭ“, thyoien tois tōn epi gēs kakōn aitiois. kai oimai ge epi tois hamartanomenois hypo tōn daimonōn energountōn kata tōn anthrōpōn ouk elatton enklēthēsesthai tōn energēsantōn daimonōn ta cheirona, dia tou thyein threpsantes autous; hoionei gar koinę̄ ta kaka pepoiēkasi tois anthrōpois hoi te daimones kai hoi kataschontes autous epi gēs, mē an dynēthentas diarkesai chōris tōn anathymiaseōn kai tōn nomizomenōn einai katallēlōn trophōn tois sōmasin autōn.
Since some, not having considered the doctrine about demons—that in order to remain in this thick air around the earth they need the nourishment that comes from the fumes of sacrifice, and so watch for wherever there is always the savor of burnt fat, and blood, and incense—make light of sacrificing as a matter of indifference, we would say to them too: if those who supply food to robbers and murderers and barbarian enemies of the great King are punished as having wronged the commonwealth, how much more justly would those be accused who, by sacrificing, give to the servants of wickedness food that keeps them in the region around the earth; especially if, having learned the words, “He who sacrifices to other gods shall be utterly destroyed, except to the Lord alone,” they sacrifice to the causes of the evils on earth. And I think that for the sins committed by the demons working against men, those who nourished them by sacrificing will be accused no less than the demons who did the evil; for the demons, and those who kept them on earth, have as it were jointly done the evils to men, since the demons could not have lasted without the fumes and what are thought to be the foods suited to their bodies.
Chapter 46
46Koetschau 1:42
Πάλιν τε αὖ ὑπολαμβάνοντές τινες θέσει εἶναι τὰ ὀνόματα καὶ οὐδεμίαν αὐτὰ ἔχειν φύσιν πρὸς τὰ ὑποκείμενα, ὧν ἐστιν ὀνόματα, νομίζουσι μηδὲν διαφέρειν, εἰ λέγοι τις· σέβω τὸν πρῶτον θεὸν ἢ τὸν Δία ἢ Ζῆνα, καὶ εἰ φάσκοι τις· τιμῶ καὶ ἀποδέχομαι τὸν ἥλιον ἢ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα καὶ τὴν σελήνην ἢ τὴν Ἄρτεμιν καὶ τὸ ἐν τῇ γῇ πνεῦμα ἢ τὴν Δήμητραν καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα φασὶν οἱ Ἑλλήνων σοφοί. πρὸς οὓς λεκτέον ὅτι ἔστι τις καὶ περὶ ὀνομάτων πραγματεία βαθυτάτη καὶ ἀνακεχωρηκυῖα, ἥντινα ὁ συνιεὶς ὄψεται ὅτι, εἴπερ ἦν θέσει τὰ ὀνόματα, οὐχ ὑπήκουσαν ἂν οἱ καλούμενοι δαίμονες ἢ ἄλλαι τινὲς ἡμῖν ἀόρατοι δυνάμεις τοῖς ἐκείνους μὲν νοοῦσιν ὀνομάζουσι δὲ ὡς τεθέντα τὰ ὀνόματα· νυνὶ δὲ φθόγγοι τινὲς καὶ συλλαβαὶ καὶ μετὰ προσπνεύσεως ἢ ψιλότητος ἢ ἐκτάσεως ἢ συστολῆς ὀνομασίαι ἀπαγγελλόμεναι ἄγουσι τάχα τινὶ φύσει ἀθεωρήτῳ ἡμῖν τοὺς καλουμένους. εἰ δὲ τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει καὶ μὴ ἔστι θέσει τὰ ὀνόματα, οὐδενὶ ὀνόματι κλητέον τὸν πρῶτον θεὸν ἢ οἷς ὁ θεράπων καὶ οἱ προφῆται καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ σωτὴρ καὶ κύριος ἡμῶν ὀνομάζουσιν αὐτὸν, οἷον Σαβαὼθ, Ἀδωναῒ, Σαδδαῒ, καὶ πάλιν θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ καὶ θεὸς Ἰακώβ· „τοῦτο“ γάρ φησιν „ἐστὶν ὄνομα αἰώνιον καὶ μνημόσυνον γενεαῖς γενεῶν.“ οὐ θαυμαστὸν δὲ, εἰ τὰ δαιμόνια τὰς ἰδίας ὀνομασίας ἀναφέρει ἐπὶ τὸν πρῶτον θεὸν, ἵνʼ ὡς ὁ πρῶτος προσκυνηθῇ θεός. ὅπερ τῷ καθʼ ἡμᾶς θεράποντι καὶ τοῖς προφήταις καὶ τῷ πληρώματι νόμου Χριστῷ καὶ τοῖς ἀποστόλοις αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστι πάτριον. καὶ ταῦτα ἀναγκαίως, ἵνα μή τις ἡμᾶς κατασοφίσηται ἢ κἂν ἐπὶ ποσὸν μολύνῃ τὸν λογισμὸν ἡμῶν, παρεθέμεθα· οἷς ἐπιμελῶς προσεκτέον μηδένα τόπον διδοῦσι παρεγχειρήσεως τοῖς ἐναντίοις.
Palin te au hypolambanontes tines thesei einai ta onomata kai oudemian auta echein physin pros ta hypokeimena, hōn estin onomata, nomizousi mēden diapherein, ei legoi tis; sebō ton prōton theon ē ton Dia ē Zēna, kai ei phaskoi tis; timō kai apodechomai ton hēlion ē ton Apollōna kai tēn selēnēn ē tēn Artemin kai to en tę̄ gę̄ pneuma ē tēn Dēmētran kai hosa alla phasin hoi Hellēnōn sophoi. pros hous lekteon hoti esti tis kai peri onomatōn pragmateia bathytatē kai anakechōrēkuia, hēntina ho synieis opsetai hoti, eiper ēn thesei ta onomata, ouch hypēkousan an hoi kaloumenoi daimones ē allai tines hēmin aoratoi dynameis tois ekeinous men noousin onomazousi de hōs tethenta ta onomata; nyni de phthongoi tines kai syllabai kai meta prospneuseōs ē psilotētos ē ektaseōs ē systolēs onomasiai apangellomenai agousi tacha tini physei atheōrētǭ hēmin tous kaloumenous. ei de touthʼ houtōs echei kai mē esti thesei ta onomata, oudeni onomati klēteon ton prōton theon ē hois ho therapōn kai hoi prophētai kai autos ho sōtēr kai kyrios hēmōn onomazousin auton, hoion Sabaōth, Adōnaï, Saddaï, kai palin theos Abraam, theos Isaak kai theos Iakōb; „touto“ gar phēsin „estin onoma aiōnion kai mnēmosynon geneais geneōn.“ ou thaumaston de, ei ta daimonia tas idias onomasias anapherei epi ton prōton theon, hinʼ hōs ho prōtos proskynēthę̄ theos. hoper tǭ kathʼ hēmas theraponti kai tois prophētais kai tǭ plērōmati nomou Christǭ kai tois apostolois autou ouk esti patrion. kai tauta anankaiōs, hina mē tis hēmas katasophisētai ē kan epi poson molynę̄ ton logismon hēmōn, parethemetha; hois epimelōs prosekteon mēdena topon didousi parencheirēseōs tois enantiois.
Again, some, supposing that names exist by convention and have no natural relation to the things of which they are names, think it makes no difference whether one says, “I worship the first God,” or “Zeus,” or “Zen”; or whether one says, “I honor and acknowledge the sun,” or “Apollo,” and “the moon,” or “Artemis,” and “the spirit in the earth,” or “Demeter,” and all the other things the wise men of the Greeks say. To them we must say that there is a very deep and recondite study concerning names, and whoever understands it will see that if names existed by convention, the so-called demons or other powers invisible to us would not have obeyed those who know them and name them with names regarded as conventional. But as it is, certain sounds and syllables and names, pronounced with rough or smooth breathing, or with long or short quantity, perhaps by some nature we cannot perceive, bring those who are called. And if this is so, and names do not exist by convention, the first God must be called by no name other than those by which the servant and the prophets and our Savior and Lord himself name him, such as Sabaoth, Adonai, Shaddai, and again, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob; for “this,” he says, “is an eternal name and a memorial for generations of generations.” And it is no wonder if the demons transfer their own names to the first God, so that they may be worshiped as the first God. This is not the ancestral custom of the servant of our tradition, nor of the prophets, nor of Christ, the fulfillment of the law, nor of his apostles. We have necessarily set this out so that no one may outwit us, or defile our reasoning even in some degree; we must attend to it carefully, giving the opponents no room for their attempts.
Chapter 47
47Koetschau 1:42–43
Ἔτι δὲ καὶ φιλοζωεῖ ἄνθρωπος πεῖσμα λαβὼν περὶ οὐσίας λογικῆς ψυχῆς ὡς ἐχούσης τι συγγενὲς θεῷ. νοερὰ γὰρ ἑκάτερα καὶ ἀόρατα καὶ, ὡς ὁ ἐπικρατῶν ἀποδείκνυσι λόγος, ἀσώματα. τί δὲ καὶ ὁ κατασκευάζων ἡμᾶς ἐνεποίει πόθον τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν εὐσεβείας καὶ κοινωνίας, ὅστις καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐσφαλμένοις ἴχνη τινὰ σῴζει τοῦ θείου βουλήματος, εἴπερ μὴ ἦν δυνατὸν καὶ ἐφικτὸν τὸ φυσικῶς ποθούμενον τοῖς λογικοῖς καταλαβεῖν; καὶ σαφὲς ὅτι, ὥσπερ ἕκαστον μέλος ἡμῶν πρός τι πέφυκεν οἰκειότητα σῴζειν, οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ πρὸς τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ ὦτα πρὸς τὰ ἀκουστὰ, οὕτω νοῦς πρὸς τὰ νοητὰ καὶ τὸν ἐπέκεινα τῶν νοητῶν θεόν. τί τοίνυν ὀκνοῦμεν καὶ διστάζομεν ἀποθέμενοι τὸ ἐμποδίζον „φθαρτὸν σῶμα, “ βαρῦνον ψυχὴν, βρῖθον „νοῦν πολυφρόντιδα“ „γεῶδες σκῆνος“, ἀπολυθῆναι τῶν δεσμῶν καὶ ἀναλῦσαι ἀπὸ τῶν μετὰ σαρκὸς καὶ αἵματος κυμάτων; ἵνα σὺν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τὴν οἰκείαν τῇ μακαριότητι ἀνάπαυσιν ἀναπαυσώμεθα. τὸν αὐτὸν ὅλον διʼ ὅλων ἔμψυχον λόγον θεωροῦντες καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τρεφόμενοι καὶ τὴν ἐν αὐτῷ ποικιλωτάτην σοφίαν καταλαμβάνοντες καὶ τυπούμενοι ὑπὸ τῆς αὐτοαληθείας καὶ ἐν φωτὶ τῷ ἀληθινῷ καὶ ἀλήκτῳ τῆς γνώσεως τὸν νοῦν καταλαμπόμενοι πρὸς τὴν θέαν τῶν διʼ ἐκείνου τοῦ φωτὸς θεωρεῖσθαι πεφυκότων ὑπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν φωτιζομένων ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ κυρίου ἐντολῆς.
Eti de kai philozōei anthrōpos peisma labōn peri ousias logikēs psychēs hōs echousēs ti syngenes theǭ. noera gar hekatera kai aorata kai, hōs ho epikratōn apodeiknysi logos, asōmata. ti de kai ho kataskeuazōn hēmas enepoiei pothon tēs pros auton eusebeias kai koinōnias, hostis kai en tois esphalmenois ichnē tina sǭzei tou theiou boulēmatos, eiper mē ēn dynaton kai ephikton to physikōs pothoumenon tois logikois katalabein? kai saphes hoti, hōsper hekaston melos hēmōn pros ti pephyken oikeiotēta sǭzein, hoi ophthalmoi pros ta horata kai ōta pros ta akousta, houtō nous pros ta noēta kai ton epekeina tōn noētōn theon. ti toinyn oknoumen kai distazomen apothemenoi to empodizon „phtharton sōma, “ barynon psychēn, brithon „noun polyphrontida“ „geōdes skēnos“, apolythēnai tōn desmōn kai analysai apo tōn meta sarkos kai haimatos kymatōn? hina syn Christǭ Iēsou tēn oikeian tę̄ makariotēti anapausin anapausōmetha. ton auton holon diʼ holōn empsychon logon theōrountes kai apʼ autou trephomenoi kai tēn en autǭ poikilōtatēn sophian katalambanontes kai typoumenoi hypo tēs autoalētheias kai en phōti tǭ alēthinǭ kai alēktǭ tēs gnōseōs ton noun katalampomenoi pros tēn thean tōn diʼ ekeinou tou phōtos theōreisthai pephykotōn hypo ophthalmōn phōtizomenōn hypo tēs tou kyriou entolēs.
Further, can a man still love life once he has become persuaded that the rational soul in its being has something akin to God? For both are intellectual and invisible and, as the prevailing argument demonstrates, incorporeal. And why would the one who fashioned us have implanted in us a longing for piety toward him and communion with him—a longing that even in those who have gone astray preserves some traces of the divine will—if it were not possible and attainable for rational beings to lay hold of what they naturally long for? And it is clear that, just as each of our members is naturally fitted to something akin to it, the eyes to what is visible and the ears to what is audible, so the mind is fitted to intelligible things and to God, who is beyond intelligible things. Why, then, do we shrink and hesitate to lay aside the hindering “corruptible body,” which weighs down the soul and burdens “the anxious mind,” this “earthly tent,” to be set free from its bonds and to depart from the waves that come with flesh and blood, so that with Christ Jesus we may rest the rest that belongs to blessedness? There we shall contemplate the Word himself, wholly and throughout alive, be nourished by him, grasp the most manifold wisdom in him, be formed by the very Truth, and have our minds illumined by the true and unceasing light of knowledge, so as to see what by nature is seen through that light by eyes enlightened by the commandment of the Lord.
Chapter 48
48Koetschau 1:43–44
Πάλαι ἠκούσαμεν τῶν Ἰησοῦ λόγων καὶ ἤδη πολλῷ χρόνῳ τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ μεμαθητεύμεθα, καὶ πάντες ᾠκοδομήσαμεν ἑαυτοῖς οἰκίαν. ποῦ δὲ ᾠκοδομήσαμεν, πότερον „ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν“ σκάψαντες καὶ βαθύναντες ἢ „ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον“ „χωρὶς θεμελίου, “ ὁ παρὼν δείξει ἀγών. ἐνέστηκε γὰρ χειμὼν φέρων βροχὴν καὶ ποταμοὺς καὶ ἀνέμους ἢ, ὡς ὁ Λουκᾶς ὀνομάζει, πλημμύραν, καὶ ταῦτα προσρήξαντα τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἤτοι οὐκ ἰσχύσει „σαλεῦσαι αὐτὴν, “ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ πεσεῖται ἡ οἰκία, ἅτε „ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν“ τὸν Χριστὸν τεθεμελιωμένη, ἢ ἐλέγξει τὸ σαθρὸν τῆς οἰκοδομῆς διὰ τῆς ἐνεστηκυίας προφάσεως συμπεσουμένης. ὅπερ ἀπείη τῶν ἡμετέρων οἰκοδομημάτων· μεγάλη γὰρ σφόδρα ἡ ἐν ἀρνήσει πτῶσις ἢ, ὡς ὁ Λουκᾶς φησι, „μέγα τὸ ῥῆγμα“ τῆς χωρὶς τοῦ θεμελίου οἰκοδομῆς. διόπερ ἡμεῖς εὐχώμεθα, ἵνα ὁμοιωθῶμεν „ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν.“ ἡκέτω γὰρ ἐπὶ τοιαύτῃ οἰκοδομῇ ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν „ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις“ πνευματικῶν „τῆς πονηρίας“ „βροχὴ“ ἢ „ποταμοὶ“ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἡμῖν ἀρχῶν καὶ ἐξουσιῶν ἢ οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν κοσμοκρατόρων τοῦ σκότους τούτου „ἄνεμοι“ σκληροὶ ἢ πλημμύρα τῶν καταχθονίων πνευμάτων καὶ προσρηγνύτωσαν ἑαυτοὺς τῇ „ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν“ ἡμῶν οἰκοδομῇ· ἵνα μὴ μόνον πρὸς τὸ μὴ πεσεῖν ἀλλὰ μηδὲ σαλευθῆναι τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν οἰκίαν πάθωσι μᾶλλον ὑφʼ ἡμῶν τὰ ἐνεργοῦντα ἤπερ δράσωσι. καὶ λεγέτω γε ἑκάτερος ὑμῶν πλήσσων τὰ ἀντικείμενα· „οὕτω πυκτεύω ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων.“
Palai ēkousamen tōn Iēsou logōn kai ēdē pollǭ chronǭ tǭ euangeliǭ memathēteumetha, kai pantes ǭkodomēsamen heautois oikian. pou de ǭkodomēsamen, poteron „epi tēn petran“ skapsantes kai bathynantes ē „epi tēn ammon“ „chōris themeliou, “ ho parōn deixei agōn. enestēke gar cheimōn pherōn brochēn kai potamous kai anemous ē, hōs ho Loukas onomazei, plēmmyran, kai tauta prosrēxanta tę̄ oikią ētoi ouk ischysei „saleusai autēn, “ kai dia touto ou peseitai hē oikia, hate „epi tēn petran“ ton Christon tethemeliōmenē, ē elenxei to sathron tēs oikodomēs dia tēs enestēkuias prophaseōs sympesoumenēs. hoper apeiē tōn hēmeterōn oikodomēmatōn; megalē gar sphodra hē en arnēsei ptōsis ē, hōs ho Loukas phēsi, „mega to rhēgma“ tēs chōris tou themeliou oikodomēs. dioper hēmeis euchōmetha, hina homoiōthōmen „andri phronimǭ, hostis ǭkodomēsen autou tēn oikian epi tēn petran.“ hēketō gar epi toiautę̄ oikodomę̄ hē apo tōn „en tois epouraniois“ pneumatikōn „tēs ponērias“ „brochē“ ē „potamoi“ tōn echthrōn hēmin archōn kai exousiōn ē hoi apo tōn kosmokratorōn tou skotous toutou „anemoi“ sklēroi ē plēmmyra tōn katachthoniōn pneumatōn kai prosrēgnytōsan heautous tę̄ „epi tēn petran“ hēmōn oikodomę̄; hina mē monon pros to mē pesein alla mēde saleuthēnai tēn archēn tēn oikian pathōsi mallon hyphʼ hēmōn ta energounta ēper drasōsi. kai legetō ge hekateros hymōn plēssōn ta antikeimena; „houtō pykteuō hōs ouk aera derōn.“
Long ago we heard the words of Jesus, and we have now been disciples of the gospel for a long time, and we have all built ourselves a house. But where we have built—whether “on the rock,” having dug and gone deep, or “on the sand” “without a foundation”—the present contest will show. For a storm is upon us bringing rain and rivers and winds, or, as Luke calls it, a flood; and when these beat against the house, either they will not be strong enough “to shake it,” and for this reason the house will not fall, since it has been founded “on the rock,” Christ; or they will expose the unsoundness of the building, when it collapses under the present occasion. May this be far from our buildings! For great indeed is the fall in denial, or, as Luke says, “great is the ruin” of the building without the foundation. Therefore let us pray that we may be like “a wise man, who built his house on the rock.” Let there come upon such a building the “rain” from the spiritual forces “of wickedness” “in the heavenly places,” or the “rivers” of the rulers and authorities hostile to us, or the harsh “winds” from the world-rulers of this darkness, or the flood of the spirits under the earth, and let them beat against our building “on the rock,” so that not only does the house not fall, but it is not shaken at all, and the powers at work suffer from us rather than do anything to us. And let each of you, striking at the adversaries, say: “So I box, not as one beating the air.”
Chapter 49
49Koetschau 1:44–46
Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπεὶ „ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν, “ δείξωμεν ὅτι ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν ἔλαβε „τὸν σπόρον αὐτοῦ.“ οὔθʼ ὡς οἱ „παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν“ οὔθʼ ὡς „τὰ πετρώδη“ οὔθʼ ὡς „αἱ ἄκανθαι“ ἀλλʼ ὡς ἡ ἀγαθὴ γῆ. ὅτι μὲν οὖν οὔτε „παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν“ οὔτε „ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας“ ἦλθεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, τὸ ὅσον ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἐν κυρίῳ καυχησόμεθα. συνήκαμεν γὰρ τῶν λεγομένων· διόπερ „ὁ πονηρὸς“ οὐχ ἥρπασε „τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ“ ἡμῶν. ὅτι δὲ οὐδὲ „ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας“ ἐσπάρη, πολλοὶ ἡμῖν μαρτυρήσουσι θεωροῦντες ὅτι οὔτε „ἡ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου μέριμνα“ οὔτε „ἡ τοῦ πλούτου ἀπάτη“ οὔτε αἱ τοῦ βίου ἡδοναὶ δεδύνηνται ἐμποδίσαι τῷ ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡμῶν λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ. λοιπόν ἐστι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀμφιβάλλειν, πότερον „ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη“ ἢ „ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν“ ἦλθε τὸ ὅσον ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος. γέγονε γὰρ θλῖψις καὶ διωγμὸς διὰ τὸν λόγον, καὶ ἐνέστη καιρὸς μεγάλου πειρασμοῦ, ὅτε ὁ μὲν „ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρεὶς“ ἐλέγχεται καὶ οἱ μὴ ἐμβαθύναντες μηδὲ μέχρι τοῦ βάθους τῆς ψυχῆς παραδεξάμενοι τὸν Ἰησοῦν· ὁ δὲ „συνιεὶς τὸν λόγον“ „καρποφορεῖ“ καὶ κατέχει τὸν λόγον μέχρι τέλους „ἐν ὑπομονῇ“ ποιῶν „ἑκατονταπλασίονα.“ ἀκούομεν γὰρ, τίνα τρόπον ἡ γραφὴ παριστᾶσα τοὺς μὲν ἐν καιρῷ „θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ“ σκανδαλιζομένους μετὰ τὸ ἐν χαρᾷ δοκεῖν παρειληφέναι τὰ ἅγια μαθήματα καὶ σκανδαλιζομένους τῷ μὴ ἔχειν αὐτοὺς ῥίζαν ἀλλὰ πρὸς καιρὸν πιστεύειν φησὶ κατὰ μὲν τὸν Ματθαῖον· „ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρεὶς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθέως μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν· οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστι, γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται·“ κατὰ δὲ τὸν Μάρκον· „οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι, οἳ ὅταν ἀκούσωσι τὸν λόγον εὐθέως μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνουσι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσι ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιροί εἰσιν, ἐπὰν γενομένης θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον εὐθέως σκανδαλίζωνται·“ κατὰ δὲ τὸν Λουκᾶν· „οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν, οἳ ὅταν ἀκούσωσι μετὰ χαρᾶς δέχονται τὸν λόγον, καὶ οὗτοι ῥίζαν οὐκ ἔχουσιν, οἳ πρὸς καιρὸν πιστεύουσι καὶ ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ ἀφίστανται·“ περὶ δὲ τῶν καλῶς καρποφορούντων διδάσκουσα λέγει· „ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρεὶς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ συνιεὶς, ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ ὁ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὁ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὁ δὲ τριάκοντα, “ ἤ· „καὶ ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες, οἵτινες ἀκούουσι τὸν λόγον καὶ ἀποδέχονται καὶ καρποφοροῦσιν ἐν τριάκοντα καὶ ἐν ἑξήκοντα καὶ ἐν ἑκατὸν, “ ἤ· „τὸ δὲ εἰς τὴν καλὴν γῆν, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἵτινες ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον κατέχουσι καὶ καρποφοροῦσιν ἐν ὑπομονῇ.“ κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον οὖν ἐπεὶ „θεοῦ γεώργιον, θεοῦ οἰκοδομή ἐστε, “ „γεώργιον“ μὲν ἐν τῇ ἀγαθῇ γῇ, „οἰκοδομὴ“ δὲ ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ· ὡς „οἰκοδομὴ θεοῦ“ στῶμεν ἄσειστοι πρὸς τὸν χειμῶνα καὶ ὡς „θεοῦ γεώργιον“ μηδὲ τοῦ πονηροῦ φροντίζωμεν μήτε „θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ“ τῶν „διὰ τὸν λόγον“ γινομένων μήτε τῆς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου μερίμνης ἢ τῆς ἀπάτης τοῦ πλούτου ἢ „τῶν τοῦ βίου ἡδονῶν, “ ἀλλὰ πάντων τούτων καταφρονοῦντες τὸ ἀμέριμνον τῆς σοφίας πνεῦμα ἀναλάβωμεν καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν μηδαμῶς ἔχοντα ἀπάτην πλοῦτον σπεύδωμεν καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς, ἵνʼ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, ἡδονὰς „τοῦ παραδείσου τῆς τρυφῆς“ ἐπειγώμεθα, καθʼ ἕκαστον τῶν ἐπιπόνων λογιζόμενοι ὅτι „τὸ παραυτίκα ἐλαφρὸν τῆς θλίψεως ἡμῶν καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν αἰώνιον βάρος δόξης κατεργάζεται ἡμῖν, σκοπούντων ἡμῶν οὐ τὰ βλεπόμενα ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα.“
Alla kai epei „exēlthen ho speirōn tou speirein, “ deixōmen hoti hē psychē hēmōn elabe „ton sporon autou.“ outhʼ hōs hoi „para tēn hodon“ outhʼ hōs „ta petrōdē“ outhʼ hōs „hai akanthai“ allʼ hōs hē agathē gē. hoti men oun oute „para tēn hodon“ oute „epi tas akanthas“ ēlthen ho logos tou Iēsou, to hoson ephʼ hēmin en kyriǭ kauchēsometha. synēkamen gar tōn legomenōn; dioper „ho ponēros“ ouch hērpase „to esparmenon en tę̄ kardią“ hēmōn. hoti de oude „epi tas akanthas“ esparē, polloi hēmin martyrēsousi theōrountes hoti oute „hē tou aiōnos toutou merimna“ oute „hē tou ploutou apatē“ oute hai tou biou hēdonai dedynēntai empodisai tǭ en tais psychais hēmōn logǭ tou theou. loipon esti tous anthrōpous amphiballein, poteron „epi ta petrōdē“ ē „epi tēn kalēn gēn“ ēlthe to hoson ephʼ hēmin ho tou theou logos. gegone gar thlipsis kai diōgmos dia ton logon, kai enestē kairos megalou peirasmou, hote ho men „epi ta petrōdē spareis“ elenchetai kai hoi mē embathynantes mēde mechri tou bathous tēs psychēs paradexamenoi ton Iēsoun; ho de „synieis ton logon“ „karpophorei“ kai katechei ton logon mechri telous „en hypomonę̄“ poiōn „hekatontaplasiona.“ akouomen gar, tina tropon hē graphē paristasa tous men en kairǭ „thlipseōs ē diōgmou“ skandalizomenous meta to en charą dokein pareilēphenai ta hagia mathēmata kai skandalizomenous tǭ mē echein autous rhizan alla pros kairon pisteuein phēsi kata men ton Matthaion; „ho de epi ta petrōdē spareis, houtos estin ho ton logon akouōn kai eutheōs meta charas lambanōn auton; ouk echei de rhizan en heautǭ alla proskairos esti, genomenēs de thlipseōs ē diōgmou dia ton logon euthys skandalizetai;“ kata de ton Markon; „houtoi eisin hoi epi ta petrōdē speiromenoi, hoi hotan akousōsi ton logon eutheōs meta charas lambanousi, kai ouk echousi rhizan en heautois alla proskairoi eisin, epan genomenēs thlipseōs ē diōgmou dia ton logon eutheōs skandalizōntai;“ kata de ton Loukan; „hoi de epi tēn petran, hoi hotan akousōsi meta charas dechontai ton logon, kai houtoi rhizan ouk echousin, hoi pros kairon pisteuousi kai en kairǭ peirasmou aphistantai;“ peri de tōn kalōs karpophorountōn didaskousa legei; „ho de epi tēn kalēn gēn spareis, houtos estin ho ton logon akouōn kai synieis, hos dē karpophorei kai poiei ho men hekaton, ho de hexēkonta, ho de triakonta, “ ē; „kai ekeinoi eisin hoi epi tēn gēn tēn kalēn sparentes, hoitines akouousi ton logon kai apodechontai kai karpophorousin en triakonta kai en hexēkonta kai en hekaton, “ ē; „to de eis tēn kalēn gēn, houtoi eisin hoitines en kardią kalę̄ kai agathę̄ akousantes ton logon katechousi kai karpophorousin en hypomonę̄.“ kata ton apostolon oun epei „theou geōrgion, theou oikodomē este, “ „geōrgion“ men en tę̄ agathę̄ gę̄, „oikodomē“ de en tę̄ petrą; hōs „oikodomē theou“ stōmen aseistoi pros ton cheimōna kai hōs „theou geōrgion“ mēde tou ponērou phrontizōmen mēte „thlipseōs ē diōgmou“ tōn „dia ton logon“ ginomenōn mēte tēs tou aiōnos toutou merimnēs ē tēs apatēs tou ploutou ē „tōn tou biou hēdonōn, “ alla pantōn toutōn kataphronountes to amerimnon tēs sophias pneuma analabōmen kai epi ton mēdamōs echonta apatēn plouton speudōmen kai epi tas, hinʼ houtōs onomasō, hēdonas „tou paradeisou tēs tryphēs“ epeigōmetha, kathʼ hekaston tōn epiponōn logizomenoi hoti „to parautika elaphron tēs thlipseōs hēmōn kathʼ hyperbolēn eis hyperbolēn aiōnion baros doxēs katergazetai hēmin, skopountōn hēmōn ou ta blepomena alla ta mē blepomena.“
And since “the sower went out to sow,” let us show that our soul has received “his seed,” not as those “by the wayside,” nor as “the rocky places,” nor as “the thorns,” but as the good ground. That the word of Jesus did not fall “by the wayside” or “among the thorns,” so far as it depends on us, we shall boast in the Lord. For we have understood what was said; therefore “the evil one” has not snatched away “what was sown in our heart.” And that it was not sown “among the thorns,” many will bear witness for us, seeing that neither “the care of this age” nor “the deceitfulness of riches” nor the pleasures of life have been able to hinder the word of God in our souls. It remains for people to be in doubt whether the word of God came, as far as depends on us, “on the rocky places” or “on the good ground.” For affliction and persecution have arisen on account of the word, and a time of great temptation has come, when the one “sown on the rocky places” is exposed, and those who did not go deep, nor receive Jesus to the depth of the soul; while the one “who understands the word” “bears fruit,” and holds fast the word to the end, producing “a hundredfold” “in endurance.” For we hear how Scripture, presenting those who in time of “affliction or persecution” fall away after seeming to have received the holy teachings with joy, and who fall away because they have no root but believe for a time, says according to Matthew: “As for what was sown on the rocky places, this is he who hears the word and immediately receives it with joy; yet he has no root in himself, but endures for a while, and when affliction or persecution arises on account of the word, immediately he falls away”; and according to Mark: “And these are the ones sown on the rocky places, who, when they hear the word, immediately receive it with joy, and they have no root in themselves, but endure for a while; then, when affliction or persecution arises on account of the word, immediately they fall away”; and according to Luke: “And those on the rock are the ones who, when they hear, receive the word with joy; and these have no root; they believe for a while, and in time of temptation fall away.” And teaching about those who bear good fruit, it says: “As for what was sown on good ground, this is he who hears the word and understands it; he indeed bears fruit and yields, one a hundredfold, one sixty, one thirty”; or, “And those are the ones sown on the good ground, who hear the word and accept it and bear fruit, thirtyfold and sixtyfold and a hundredfold”; or, “As for that on the good ground, they are those who, hearing the word, hold it fast in an honest and good heart, and bear fruit with endurance.” Since, then, according to the apostle, “you are God's field, God's building”—a “field” on the good ground, a “building” on the rock—let us stand unshaken against the storm as “God's building,” and as “God's field” let us give no thought to the evil one, nor to the “affliction or persecution” that arise “on account of the word,” nor to the care of this age or the deceitfulness of riches or “the pleasures of life”; but despising all these, let us take up the spirit of wisdom that is free from care, and hasten to the riches that have no deceit in them, and press on to the pleasures, if I may so call them, “of the paradise of delight,” reckoning in each of our toils that “the momentary lightness of our affliction works for us beyond all measure an eternal weight of glory, as we look not to the things that are seen but to the things that are not seen.”
Chapter 50
50Koetschau 1:46–47
Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκωμεν, ὅτι τὸ εἰρημένον περὶ τοῦ Ἄβελ ἀναιρεθέντος ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρωποκτόνου καὶ ἀδίκου Κάϊν ἐφαρμόζει πᾶσιν, ὧν ἀδίκως ἐξεχύθη τὸ αἷμα. τὸ γάρ· „φωνὴ αἵματος τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου βοᾷ πρός με ἐκ τῆς γῆς“ νομίσωμεν λέγεσθαι καὶ περὶ ἑκάστου τῶν μαρτύρων, ὧν ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ αἵματος βοᾷ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς. τάχα δὲ καὶ ὥσπερ „τιμίῳ αἵματι“ τῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἠγοράσθημεν, Ἰησοῦ λαβόντος „τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα, “ οὕτως τῷ „τιμίῳ αἵματι“ τῶν μαρτύρων ἀγορασθήσονταί τινες, καὶ αὐτῶν πλέον ὑψουμένων παρʼ ὃ ὑψώθησαν ἂν δίκαιοι μὲν γενόμενοι μὴ μαρτυρήσαντες δέ· λόγον γὰρ ἔχει τὸ ἰδίως τὸν ἐν μαρτυρίῳ θάνατον ὕψωσιν καλεῖσθαι, ὡς δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ· „ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς, πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν.“ δοξάσωμεν οὖν καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑψώσαντες τῷ ἑαυτῶν θανάτῳ τὸν θεὸν, ἐπείπερ ὁ μαρτυρῶν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ „θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν θεόν·“ ὅπερ καὶ αὐτὸ ἀπὸ Ἰωάννου μεμαθήκαμεν εἰπόντος· „ταῦτα δὲ εἶπε σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν θεόν.“
Kai touto de ginōskōmen, hoti to eirēmenon peri tou Abel anairethentos hypo tou anthrōpoktonou kai adikou Kaïn epharmozei pasin, hōn adikōs exechythē to haima. to gar; „phōnē haimatos tou adelphou sou boą pros me ek tēs gēs“ nomisōmen legesthai kai peri hekastou tōn martyrōn, hōn hē phōnē tou haimatos boą pros ton theon apo tēs gēs. tacha de kai hōsper „timiǭ haimati“ tǭ tou Iēsou ēgorasthēmen, Iēsou labontos „to onoma to hyper pan onoma, “ houtōs tǭ „timiǭ haimati“ tōn martyrōn agorasthēsontai tines, kai autōn pleon hypsoumenōn parʼ ho hypsōthēsan an dikaioi men genomenoi mē martyrēsantes de; logon gar echei to idiōs ton en martyriǭ thanaton hypsōsin kaleisthai, hōs dēlon ek tou; „ean hypsōthō ek tēs gēs, pantas helkysō pros emauton.“ doxasōmen oun kai hēmeis hypsōsantes tǭ heautōn thanatǭ ton theon, epeiper ho martyrōn tǭ heautou „thanatǭ doxasei ton theon;“ hoper kai auto apo Iōannou memathēkamen eipontos; „tauta de eipe sēmainōn poiǭ thanatǭ doxasei ton theon.“
And let us know this also: that what was said about Abel, killed by the murderous and unjust Cain, applies to all whose blood has been unjustly shed. For let us consider that the words, “The voice of your brother's blood cries out to me from the earth,” are spoken also about each of the martyrs, the voice of whose blood cries out to God from the earth. And perhaps, just as we were bought with the “precious blood” of Jesus, when Jesus received “the name that is above every name,” so some will be bought with the “precious blood” of the martyrs, and they themselves will be exalted more than they would have been exalted had they been righteous but not martyred. For there is reason in calling death in martyrdom by the special name of “exaltation,” as is clear from the words, “If I am lifted up from the earth, I will draw all people to myself.” Let us too, then, glorify God, having exalted him by our own death, since the martyr “will glorify God” by his own “death”; as we have learned also from John, who said, “He said this signifying by what kind of death he would glorify God.”
Chapter 51
51Koetschau 1:47–48
Ταῦτά μοι κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν, ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν, πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὑπηγόρευται, ἅπερ εὔχομαι ὑμῖν γενέσθαι πρὸς τὸν παρόντα ἀγῶνα χρήσιμα. εἰ δʼ ὑμεῖς μάλιστα νῦν ὡς ἄξιοι πλείονα βλέπειν τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ μυστηρίων μείζονα καὶ πλουσιώτερα καταλαμβάνοντες καὶ πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον ἀνυσιμώτερα τούτων ὡς παιδικῶν καὶ εὐτελῶν καταφρονήσετε, κἀγὼ ἂν τὸ τοιοῦτον περὶ ὑμῶν εὐξαίμην. πρόκειται γὰρ ὑμῖν οὐ τὸ διʼ ἡμῶν ἀνυσθῆναι τὰ καθʼ ὑμᾶς ἀλλὰ τὸ ὅπως ποτὲ ἀνυσθῆναι. καὶ εἴθε γε ἀνυσθείη διὰ θειοτέρων καὶ συνετωτέρων καὶ ὑπερεχόντων πᾶσαν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν λόγων καὶ σοφίας θεοῦ.
Tauta moi kata to dynaton, hōs hoion te ēn, pros hymas hypēgoreutai, haper euchomai hymin genesthai pros ton paronta agōna chrēsima. ei dʼ hymeis malista nyn hōs axioi pleiona blepein tōn tou theou mystēriōn meizona kai plousiōtera katalambanontes kai pros to prokeimenon anysimōtera toutōn hōs paidikōn kai eutelōn kataphronēsete, kagō an to toiouton peri hymōn euxaimēn. prokeitai gar hymin ou to diʼ hēmōn anysthēnai ta kathʼ hymas alla to hopōs pote anysthēnai. kai eithe ge anystheiē dia theioterōn kai synetōterōn kai hyperechontōn pasan anthrōpinēn physin logōn kai sophias theou.
These things I have dictated to you as well as I could, so far as it was possible, and I pray that they may be useful to you for the present contest. But if you, now above all, as those worthy to see more of the mysteries of God, grasp greater and richer things, more effective for the task before you, and despise these as childish and slight, I too would pray for this for you. For what lies before you is not that your affairs be accomplished through us, but that they be accomplished somehow. And may they be accomplished through words more divine and more wise, surpassing all human nature, and through the wisdom of God.